Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc.

Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc.

esq · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker esq
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 138
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Esquire Financial Holdings 
2024 ANNUAL REPORT

Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. is a financial holding company 
headquartered in Jericho, New York, with one branch office in 
Jericho, New York, and an administrative office in Boca Raton, Florida. 
Its wholly-owned subsidiary, Esquire Bank, National Association, is a 
full-service commercial bank dedicated to serving the financial needs 
of the litigation industry and small businesses nationally, as well as 
commercial and retail customers in the New York metropolitan area. 
The bank offers tailored financial and payment processing solutions 
to the litigation community and their clients as well as dynamic and 
flexible payment processing solutions to small-business owners.  
For more information, visit www.esquirebank.com.

TO OUR VALUED STAKEHOLDERS,
In 2024, Esquire’s steadfast strategic vision on building 
a client-centric and tech-focused Company that is 
disruptive to the complex and fragmented national busi-
nesses we serve has once again generated industry 
leading returns and performance metrics, creating value 
for all stakeholders well beyond our financial sector peers. 
We remain focused on serving two vast, disruption- 
ready national markets, the $443 billion litigation and 
$11 trillion small business payment processing 
verticals. This is bolstered by tailored tech-enabled finan-
cial solutions and data that supports our clients’ unique 
business and growth objectives. Despite our notable 
growth and performance over the past several years, 
Esquire has captured only a small segment of both national 
markets, positioning the Company for continued growth 
opportunities (commensurate to prior years) in these 
underserved national markets during 2025 and beyond.
As a testament to our consistent growth and industry 
leading performance, accolades from the leaders in 
the business community during 2024 include:
  Included on the “2024 Fortune 100 Fastest-Growing 
Companies” list (one of only four banks) based on 
revenue growth, earnings per share growth and three-
year annualized return to shareholders for the period 
ending June 30, 2024.
  Recognized as a “Best-Performing U.S. Community 
Bank of 2024” by S&P Global Market Intelligence 
based on key financial metrics including returns, 
growth, and funding, while placing a premium on 
balance sheet strength and risk profile. The rankings 
provide insight into banks that have demonstrated 
resilience and strong performance in a dynamic 
financial environment. 
  Named to the 2024 Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ (“KBW”) 
Bank Honor Roll. This elite group of banks comprises 
only 5% of the eligible firms nationally by delivering the 
strongest and most consistent earnings growth over the 
past decade while commanding premium valuations.
Review of 2024
Since our current growth and performance metrics are 
included in this Annual Report, we wanted to focus on 
several notable items that clearly demonstrate our con-
sistent growth and financial performance in the current 
year as well as over the past five years (compounded 
annual growth rates or “CAGR”):
  Diluted earnings per share was $5.14 with a CAGR of 
33%, generating industry leading returns on average 
assets and equity of 2.57% and 20.14%, respectively, 
while maintaining excess capital levels with common 
equity tier 1 (“CET1”) and tangible common equity to 
tangible asset (“TCE/TA”) ratios of 14.67% and 12.53%, 
respectively.
  Strong deposit growth totaling $235 million, or 17%, 
to $1.64 billion, with a CAGR of 20% and primarily 
comprised of low-cost commercial relationship depos-
its funded at 0.91% (including demand deposits), 
generated from our highly efficient tech-enabled 
commercial cash management platform nationally. In 
addition, off-balance sheet sweep funds increased 
$276 million, or 99%, to $554 million enhancing our 
additional available liquidity to $907 million, excluding 
cash and unsecured borrowing capacity.
  Significant loan growth totaling $190 million, or 16% 
annualized, to $1.4 billion, with a CAGR of 20%, despite 
management tempering multifamily and commercial 
real estate loan growth in response to the economic 
environment. Higher yielding variable rate commercial 
loan growth from our national platforms totaled 
$183 million, or 25%, while commercial litigation related 
loans grew $223 million, or 37%, nationally and rep-
resent 60% of total loans at year end. These commercial 
loans have and will continue to create additional oppor-
tunities for future core deposit growth through our full 
service commercial relationship and tech-enabled cash 
management platform.
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 1

Our current client base represents a small fraction of 
the estimated 50,000+ contingent fee law firms in the 
U.S., a complex and fragmented market that creates 
significant business opportunities for Esquire. We cur-
rently have lending clients in 31 states with New York, 
California, Texas, Pennsylvania, and Florida represent-
ing 71% of our law firm loan portfolio. Our success is 
tied to our unique ability to couple traditional com-
mercial underwriting with non-traditional contingent 
inventory or asset-based underwriting. Typically, these 
inventories of claims for injured consumers have a 
duration of 2-3 years, significantly longer than tradi-
tional accounts receivables or inventories of goods. 
These industry factors (the unique nature of contingent 
fee law firms, their collateral and long-duration 
contingent inventory, and atypical revenue streams) 
coupled with the TAM create a unique and valuable 
opportunity for a tech-enabled disruptor bank. This 
unique risk profile translates into a blended 9.36% 
variable rate asset yield funded with core-deposits 
with a blended cost of 0.91%. More importantly, for 
every $1.00 we advance on these lending facilities 
we receive on average $1.44 of low-cost core operating 
and escrow funds (excluding $554 million of off-balance 
sheet escrow funds), fueling and funding other interest 
earning asset growth. Our extremely low historic 
delinquency rates and low charge-off rates clearly 
demonstrate our strong underwriting process and 
expertise in this vertical. 
We continually invest in current resources that will fuel 
future growth and excellence in client service on our 
tech-enabled litigation platform:
  Continue to leverage our regional business development 
officers or BDOs (supported by hires in commercial 
lending, risk, and operations) located in key markets 
throughout the U.S. These BDOs are supported by 
our best-in-class technology stack including, but not 
limited to: our proprietary CRM system, digital 
  Solid credit metrics, asset quality, and reserve 
coverage ratios with an allowance for credit losses 
to loans ratio of 1.50% and a nonperforming loan 
to total assets ratio of 0.58%, represented by one 
multifamily loan totaling $10.9 million. 
  Continued expansion of our total revenue base to 
$125 million, with a CAGR of 24%, fueled by an industry 
leading net interest margin of 6.06% and stable fee-
based income (led by our payment processing platform) 
totaling $25 million, or 20% of total revenue. 
  Maintaining a strong efficiency ratio of 48.7%, 
not withstanding our continuous investment in 
resources (technology and people) to support future 
growth and excellence in client service.
With industry leading performance over the last several 
years as well as a fortified balance sheet and strong 
risk management as a foundation, we believe Esquire 
is well positioned for sustained growth in these 
underserved national markets for the foreseeable future. 
Litigation Market
The litigation market represents a complex, fragmented, 
and significant underserved market with U.S. tort actions 
estimated to consume 2.1% of U.S. GDP annually or 
$443 billion (the total addressable market or “TAM”). 
Esquire does not compete with the primary funders/
lenders in this market (non-bank finance companies) 
and believes there are significant barriers to entry including 
our clear industry track record for almost two decades, 
national brand awareness as an industry leader, exten-
sive in-house management and board experience, deep 
relationships with well-respected law firms nationally, 
and solution based products and services tailored to 
commercial law firms’ needs and wants. We live and breathe 
this market on a daily basis making us thought leaders for 
industry content and tech-enabled financial solutions for 
these firms and the litigation industry as a whole. 
2 ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.  

marketing cloud and lending based technology built 
on Salesforce, supporting client relationships and lead 
acquisition initiatives; account-based digital marketing 
(or “ABM”) with significant thought leadership content; 
and artificial intelligence (or “AI”) for advanced data 
analytics across our platform and to power person-
alized and real-time ABM content to both current 
clients and prospective clients.
  Opening our Los Angeles (Beverly Hills), California 
Private Banking Branch in the summer of 2025. This 
market has historically been one of our top national 
markets and will play a pivotal role in our continued 
growth and success in the future.
  Commencing our recently announced sourcing joint 
venture agreement through which funds managed 
by affiliates of Fortress Investment Group (“Fortress”) 
will provide capital to expand lending solutions and 
banking services to contingency fee law firms, enhanc-
ing borrowing options to law firms and offering access 
to customized credit facilities with industry leading 
terms, rates, and flexibility. The Fortress agreement 
will also provide additional flexibility for law firms’ 
advance rates against their contingent collateral. 
  Significant enhancement to our litigation payment 
platform supporting and servicing case cost financing 
loans, a unique and key lending product for law firms 
nationally. This technology will allow law firms to 
self-service their case costs for each claimant/case, 
track those costs, and pass through the interest 
charged on these facilities to the final settlement while 
connecting via API to their case cost and accounting 
software, thereby integrating the law firm’s back-office 
technology with Esquire’s customized tech-enabled 
commercial banking platform. 
Based on our internal historical analysis of contingent 
law firm clients, the 5-year CAGR for our litigation related 
commercial loans and commercial depository 
relationships is approximately 20% per year. This fact 
clearly demonstrates that our focus on deeply serving 
the needs of contingency fee law firms while driving 
tech-enabled products, services, and thought leader-
ship supports our client’s unique business and growth 
objectives, while also strengthening Esquire’s organic 
balance sheet growth from existing clients. 
Payment Processing Market
The payment processing (merchant acquiring) market 
has also been a source of growth for our Company, as 
we offer focused and tailored products and services 
to small businesses nationally. The payment industry 
grew 6% from 2022 to 2023, with a TAM of $11 trillion 
and less than 100 acquiring financial institutions sup-
porting these small businesses in the U.S. We believe 
there are various barriers to this market including, but 
not limited to, our clear industry track record for more 
than a decade with no losses, extensive in-house expe-
rience, deep relationships with non-bank acquirers, and 
our unique approach to servicing these small business 
merchants and their respective verticals. We use pro-
prietary and industry leading technology to ensure card 
brand and regulatory compliance, support multiple 
processing platforms, manage daily risk across approx-
imately 88,000 small business merchants in all 50 states, 
and perform commercial treasury clearing services for 
approximately $36 billion in debit and credit card pro-
cessing volume across 604 million transactions in 2024. 
We are a technology-enabled financial institution, sup-
porting multiple card brands, payment platforms, numer-
ous issuing banks, and small businesses nationally for 
millions of consumer and business payments every day. 
These factors and more generated $21 million in stable 
and consistent fee based income and representing 
approximately 90% of total noninterest income  with a 
CAGR of 14% over the past 5 years. 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 3

of Directors for their clear guidance, stewardship, 
and support in our vision. We truly thank each one of 
you for your support, commitment, and continued 
partnership.
Thank you for the opportunity to lead this exceptional 
Company!
Sincerely,
Anthony Coelho
Chairman of the Board
Andrew C. Sagliocca
Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President
In Conclusion
We remain focused on serving two vast, disruption-ready 
national markets, the $443 billion litigation and 
$11 trillion small business payment processing verticals, 
with tailored tech-enabled financial solutions and data 
that supports our clients’ unique business and growth 
objectives. With industry leading performance, a fortified 
balance sheet, and strong risk management as a foun-
dation, we believe Esquire is well positioned for sus-
tained growth in these fragmented and underserved 
national markets for the foreseeable future. 
We will continue to remain steadfast in our vision to 
create a client-centric and customized tech-enabled 
Company that is disruptive to the markets we serve while 
generating best-in-class performance and metrics.
While short-term growth and performance metrics are 
valuable, it is the long-term view that will position Esquire 
for continued and sustained success in the future. We 
will continue to deliver value to the markets we serve, 
our investors who entrust us with their capital, and our 
dedicated employees. As always, we thank our Board 
4 ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.  

2024 FORM 10-K

 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
 
FORM 10-K 
 
☒   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2024 
OR 
☐   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from             to             
Commission File Number: 001-38131 
 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 
 
 
 
 
Maryland 
    
27-5107901 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 
 
 
 
100 Jericho Quadrangle, Suite 100, Jericho, New York 
 
11753 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
 
(Zip code) 
(516) 535-2002 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each class 
    
Trading 
Symbol(s) 
    
Name of each exchange on which registered 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 
 
ESQ 
 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the 
Exchange Act. 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Large accelerated filer  
 
Accelerated filer ☒ 
 
Non-accelerated filer  
 
Smaller reporting company   
Emerging growth company  ☐  
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect 
the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of 
the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No  ☒ 
The aggregate value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the common 
stock of $47.60 as of June 30, 2024, was $332.9 million. 
As of March 1, 2025, there were 8,431,454 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock. 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
1. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (Part III) 
 

i 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
PAGE
PART I 
 
2 
ITEM 1. 
Business 
2 
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors 
25 
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 
40 
ITEM 1C.  Cybersecurity 
40 
ITEM 2. 
Properties 
41 
ITEM 3. 
Legal Proceedings 
41 
ITEM 4. 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
41 
 
 
PART II 
 
42 
ITEM 5. 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 
42 
ITEM 6. 
[Reserved] 
43 
ITEM 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
44 
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
66 
ITEM 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
67 
ITEM 9. 
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
101 
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures 
101 
ITEM 9B. Other Information 
102 
ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 
102 
 
 
 
PART III 
 
102 
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
102 
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation 
102 
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 
102 
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
102 
ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 
102 
 
 
 
PART IV 
 
103 
ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
103 
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary 
104 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
105 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2 
PART I 
ITEM 1.    Business 
Forward-Looking Statements 
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These 
forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial 
performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “might,” 
“should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “expect,” “attribute,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” 
“estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “goal,” “target,” “outlook,” “aim,” “would,” “annualized” and “outlook,” or 
the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These 
forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about 
our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are 
inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are 
not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to 
predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the 
date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking 
statements. 
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or 
other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements: 
• 
our ability to manage our operations under the current economic conditions nationally and in our market area; 
• 
adverse changes in the financial industry, securities, credit and national local real estate markets (including real 
estate values); 
• 
risks related to a high concentration of loans secured by real estate located in our market area; 
• 
risks related to a high concentration of loans and deposits dependent upon the legal and “litigation” market; 
• 
the impact of any potential strategic transactions; 
• 
unexpected outflows of uninsured deposits could require us to sell investment securities at a loss; 
• 
our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; 
• 
significant increases in our credit losses, including as a result of our inability to resolve classified and 
nonperforming assets or reduce risks associated with our loans, and management’s assumptions in determining 
the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; 
• 
interest rate fluctuations, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability; 
• 
The imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies impacting the value of the 
products of our borrowers; 
• 
external economic and/or market factors, such as changes in monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the 
interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”), inflation or deflation, 
changes in the demand for loans, and fluctuations in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits, which 
may have an adverse impact on our financial condition; 

3 
• 
continued or increasing competition from other financial institutions, credit unions, and non-bank financial 
services companies, many of which are subject to different regulations than we are; 
• 
credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and 
in our allowance for credit losses and provision for credit losses; 
• 
our success in increasing our legal and “litigation” market lending; 
• 
our ability to attract and maintain deposits and our success in introducing new financial products; 
• 
losses suffered by merchants or Independent Sales Organizations (“ISOs”) with whom we do business; 
• 
our ability to effectively manage risks related to our payment processing business; 
• 
changes in interest rates generally, including changes in the relative differences between short-term and long-
term interest rates and in deposit interest rates, that may affect our net interest margin and funding sources; 
• 
fluctuations in the demand for loans; 
• 
technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected; 
• 
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; 
• 
declines in our payment processing income as a result of reduced demand, competition and changes in laws or 
government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, which could result in, among other things, 
increased deposit insurance premiums and assessments, capital requirements, regulatory fees and compliance 
costs; 
• 
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board; 
• 
loan delinquencies and changes in the underlying cash flows of our borrowers; 
• 
the impairment of our investment securities; 
• 
our ability to control costs and expenses; 
• 
the failure or security breaches of computer systems on which we depend; 
• 
acts of war, terrorism, natural disasters, global market disruptions, including global pandemics or political 
instability; 
• 
the effects of any federal government shutdown or reduction in force;  
• 
competition and innovation with respect to financial products and services by banks, financial institutions and 
non-traditional providers, including retail businesses and technology companies; 
• 
changes in our organization and management and our ability to retain or expand our management team and our 
board of directors, as necessary; 

4 
• 
the costs and effects of legal, compliance and regulatory actions, changes and developments, including the 
initiation and resolution of legal proceedings, regulatory or other governmental inquiries or investigations, and/or 
the results of regulatory examinations and reviews; 
• 
the ability of key third-party service providers to perform their obligations to us; and 
• 
other economic, competitive, governmental, legal, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, 
pricing, products and services described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with other cautionary 
statements that are included in this annual report. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties 
materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we 
anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-
looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update 
or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New 
risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect 
us. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination 
of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc.’s electronic filings with the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished 
pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended, are made available at no cost in the Investor 
Relations section of the Company’s website, www.esquirebank.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company 
files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The Company’s SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s 
website at www.sec.gov. 
Our Company 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (“Esquire Financial” or the “Company”) is a financial holding company 
headquartered in Jericho, New York and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”) of 1956, as amended 
(the “BHC Act”). Through our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Esquire Bank, National Association (“Esquire Bank” or 
the “Bank”), we are a full service commercial bank dedicated to serving the financial needs of the legal and small business 
communities on a national basis, as well as commercial and retail customers in the New York metropolitan market. We 
offer tailored banking products and solutions to the legal community and their clients as well as dynamic and flexible 
payment processing solutions to small business owners, both on a national basis. We also offer traditional banking products 
for businesses and consumers in our local market area (a subset of the New York metropolitan market). We believe these 
activities, anchored by our legal community focus, generate a stable source of low cost core deposits and a diverse asset 
base to support our overall operations. Our commercial loans tailored to the litigation market (“Litigation-Related Loans”) 
come with low cost core operating and escrow deposits, enhancing our overall yield on our loan portfolio, and enabling us 
to earn attractive risk-adjusted net interest margins. Additionally, our payment processing activities to small businesses 
nationally generate a relatively stable source of fee income. We believe our unique and dynamic business model 
distinguishes us from other banks and non-bank financial services companies in the markets we operate as demonstrated 
by comparing our performance metrics for the years ended 2024 and 2023. 
For the year ended December 31, 2024: 
• 
Our net income was $43.7 million or $5.14 per diluted share while our return on average assets and equity were 
2.57% and 20.14%, respectively. 
• 
We had a net interest margin of 6.06%, primarily driven by growth in higher yielding variable rate commercial 
loans and a low cost of funds of 0.91% on our deposits (including demand deposits). 

5 
• 
Our loans held for investment increased 16%, or $189.6 million, to $1.40 billion, primarily driven by growth in 
higher yielding commercial loans. 
• 
Our noninterest income totaled $24.9 million, which represented 20% of our total revenue (net interest income 
plus noninterest income) at December 31, 2024, driven by our payment processing platform and administrative 
service payment (“ASP”) fee income. 
• 
As of December 31, 2024, our total assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $1.89 billion, 
$1.40 billion, $1.64 billion and $237.1 million, respectively. 
We remain true to our commitment to serve the litigation community and our commercial customers through our 
tailored and innovative products and solutions including a suite of best-in-class digital technologies, our customer centric 
Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”) application coupled with our digital marketing and industry thought 
leadership resources, highly functional website, and premium and well recognized brand image to support future growth. 
We have created a website named “Lawyer IQ”, a digital marketing content hub that includes business insights (or content) 
to assist law firms’ with growth, finance, marketing, technology, intake, and accounting, among other items. These digital 
technologies support our business development team’s seamless communication to the communities we serve, provide 
best-in-class multimedia digital marketing capabilities, streamline our online functionality and associated application 
processes, and will continue to support our industry leading performance metrics in the future. In 2023, we enhanced our 
commitment to the litigation community in key regions nationwide through the hiring of six Managing Directors and senior 
business development officers (“BDOs”). These BDOs have decades of experience servicing the litigation market and 
deep industry connections to support Esquire’s continued expansion. Coupling these talented and seasoned senior BDOs 
with our proprietary CRM platform, digital marketing capabilities, and Lawyer IQ website has enhanced our current 
national footprint and future growth prospects. In 2024, we announced our intention to open a branch in Los Angeles, 
California in 2025, demonstrating further commitment to our customer base. 
Our unique products and services coupled with our thought leadership digital marketing and business development 
team creates deep relationships within the litigation community, driving our commercial loan growth, strong loan yields, 
and low cost core deposits. The litigation community represented approximately 75% of our deposit base at December 31, 
2024, with $979.0 million, or 60%, of total deposits in longer duration escrow or claimant trust settlement deposit accounts 
where the law firm is trustee for the claimant settlement funds. In addition to our lending activities, we have continued to 
expand our payment processing platform with dollar volume increasing 10% compared to 2023 while maintaining a stable 
fee-based revenue stream. We provide dynamic and flexible payment processing solutions to small business owners. Our 
payment processing platform has grown to 88,000 small businesses at December 31, 2024, generating 17% of our revenue 
for the year ended December 31, 2024. We believe that both our litigation and payment processing platforms represent a 
significant opportunity for future growth in lending, fee income, core deposits and enhanced lending opportunities. 
Our low cost core deposits (total deposits, excluding time deposits), representing our primary funding source for loan 
growth, totaled $1.63 billion at December 31, 2024, a key driver of our total cost of deposits of 0.91%. These stable low 
cost funds are driven by our litigation related operating and escrow commercial deposits. We intend to continue to 
prudently manage growth in deposits, utilizing customer sweep programs for our mass tort and class action business 
banking programs. Our deposit growth is supported by our robust commercial online cash management technology to 
manage our customers’ operating, escrow, and money market accounts as well as their business banking needs across the 
country. 
Litigation Market Commercial Banking. The litigation market has been and will continue to be a significant growth 
opportunity for our Company as we offer focused and tailored products and services to law firms nationally. U.S. tort 
actions alone are estimated to consume approximately 2.1% of U.S. GDP annually according to the U.S. Chamber of 
Commerce Institute for Legal Reform (“Tort Costs in America – An Empirical Analysis of Costs and Compensation of 
U.S. Tort System”) published in November 2022 with a total addressable market (“TAM”) of $443 billion for 2020. We 
do not compete directly with non-bank finance companies, the primary funders in this market, and believe there are various 
and significant barriers to entry including, but not limited to, our clear industry track record for decades, extensive in-
house experience, deep relationships with respected firms nationally, and unique products tailored to commercial law 
firms’ needs and wants. 

6 
We currently have clients in 31 states and our larger markets include California, the New York metro area, Texas, 
Florida, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, New Jersey and Michigan. Our success is tied to our unique ability to couple 
traditional commercial underwriting with non-traditional asset-based underwriting. Our team understands law firms’ 
contingent case inventory valuation process (as well as traditional hourly billing firms). Typically, these inventories of 
claims for injured consumers or claimants have a duration of 2 to 3 years, significantly longer than traditional accounts 
receivables or inventories of goods that can have a duration of 30 to 60 days or 120 days, respectively. These factors (the 
unique industry, contingent collateral, longer durations of the law firms’ inventories, atypical revenue streams of the law 
firms and more) coupled with the TAM create a unique and valuable opportunity for the Company with minimal incumbent 
competition. This unique risk profile translates approximately into a blended 9.36% asset yield on these commercial loans 
for the year ended December 31, 2024. More importantly, since our commercial banking platform is focused on full service 
relationship banking, for every $1.00 we advance on these loans we receive on average $1.44 of low-cost (our cost of 
funds for the year ended December 31, 2024 is 91 basis points) core operating and escrow deposits from these law firms 
through our branchless platform, fueling and funding additional growth in our other asset classes. Our extremely low 
historic delinquency rates and low charge-off rates clearly demonstrate our strong underwriting process and expertise in 
this vertical. Our longer duration escrow or claimant trust settlement deposits represent accounts where the law firm is 
trustee for the claimant settlement funds and represent $979.0 million, or 60%, of total deposits. These law firm escrow 
accounts as well as other fiduciary deposit accounts are for the benefit of the law firm’s customers (or claimants) and are 
titled in a manner to ensure that the maximum amount of FDIC insurance coverage passes through the account to the 
beneficial owner of the funds held in the account. Therefore, these law firm escrow accounts carry FDIC insurance at the 
claimant settlement level, not at the deposit account level. Coupling these types of commercial relationships with our off-
balance sheet commercial litigation funds of $554.4 million at December 31, 2024, makes this litigation vertical a highly 
desirable core low-cost funding platform fueling bank-wide growth. 
Payment Processing. The payment processing (merchant acquiring) market has also been and will continue to be a 
significant growth opportunity for our Company, as we offer focused and tailored products and services to small businesses 
nationally. The payment industry grew at a compound annual rate of approximately 10% from 2020 to 2024 with payment 
volumes or TAM of $11.4 trillion according to company records on U.S. payment industry trends. Couple this with the 
fact that there are less than 100 acquiring financial institutions in the U.S., this vertical represents a significant growth 
opportunity for our Company. We believe there are various and significant barriers to entry to this market including, but 
not limited to, our clear industry track record for over a decade, extensive in-house experience, deep relationships with 
non-bank acquirers, and our unique approach to servicing these small business merchants and their respective verticals. 
We use proprietary and industry leading technology to ensure card brand and regulatory compliance, support multiple 
processing platforms, manage daily risk across 88,000 small business merchants in all 50 states, and perform commercial 
treasury clearing services for approximately $36 billion in processing volume across 604 million transactions for the year 
ended December 31, 2024. 
Proprietary Technology. We are a digital first company utilizing best-in-class technology to fuel future growth with 
industry leading client retention rates. We have built a customized and fully integrated customer relationship management 
(“CRM”) platform, integrated into our digital marketing cloud and our nCino loan platform (all built on Salesforce for 
excellence in client service and operational efficiency) and invest in artificial intelligence (“AI”) to facilitate precision 
marketing and client acquisition across both national verticals with an initial focus on the litigation vertical. 
The success of our national litigation and payment processing verticals coupled with our focus on branchless 
technology has led to industry leading performance. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we have produced industry 
leading returns including, but not limited to, an average return on assets and equity of 2.57% and 20.14%, respectively; 
industry leading net interest margin of 6.06%; strong efficiency ratio of 48.7%; and a diversified revenue stream as 
demonstrated by a strong net interest margin and stable fee income representing 20% of total revenue (our payment 
processing vertical has a compound annual growth rate of 14% since 2020). Coupling these performance metrics with 
strong balance sheet management including, but not limited to, loan portfolio diversification, an asset sensitive balance 
sheet with approximately 66% of our loans being variable rate and tied to prime, with interest rate floors in place on 90% 
of our variable rate loan portfolio, solid credit metrics, a stable low cost deposit base, and strong available liquidity of 
$1.05 billion with no outstanding borrowings, positions our Company for future growth and success. 

7 
Market Area 
We define the market area for our legal community products and services as law firms practicing within the 
United States, United States territories and United States commonwealths, and we serve the litigation market on a 
nationwide basis. For traditional community banking products and services, our primary market area is the New York 
metropolitan area, specifically Nassau County and New York City boroughs (Manhattan, Brooklyn, Bronx, and Queens) 
of New York State and secondarily throughout the rest of New York State. As a Visa, MasterCard, American Express and 
Discover member, we provide payment processing for small businesses located throughout the United States primarily 
through relationships with third party ISOs. 
We have established ourselves in the litigation market through the strategic development of a business model that 
understands this market’s unique needs and provides tailored banking products and services to our target customers. We 
have designed unique, value added products and services for our current and potential customers and created a distribution 
network with direct access to the market through the experience and networks of our management team, board, attorney 
customers, state and national trial associations, and the investment in our CRM and related digital platforms. Our attorney 
customers and network of non-customer attorneys are well-known, influential market figures and active members of some 
of the leading litigation law firms in the nation, national and state bar associations and other industry leading companies. 
In addition, we have established informal affiliations or relationships with key industry organizations, such as, The 
American Association of Justice, The National Trial Lawyers Association, The New York State Trial Lawyers Association, 
The Pennsylvania Association for Justice, The Consumer Attorneys of California, and a number of other national, state 
and local trial attorney associations. Through our current law firm clients and other relationships, we believe we have 
access to tens of thousands of plaintiff law firms as we leverage our CRM, digital marketing and other proprietary 
technologies. 
Our traditional community banking market area has a diversified economy typical of most urban population centers, 
including significant industries of professional, scientific and technical services, educational services, health care services, 
and financial activities. As of December 31, 2024, New York County’s $2.7 trillion deposit market was much larger than 
the $96 billion deposit market in Nassau County, according to data sourced from S&P Global Market Intelligence. 
We have established an extensive market for our payment processing business as an acquiring bank throughout the 
United States and its territories. We have a senior product management team that has developed in excess of 27 active ISO 
relationships servicing 88,000 merchants. The ISO model insulates the bank’s capital from merchant losses through 
merchant reserves, ISO reserves, ISO monthly residuals and ISO portfolio values. In addition to mitigating risk, the ISO 
business model allows the Bank to solicit merchants nationwide using numerous independent sales agents employed by 
our ISOs. 
Competition 
The bank and non-bank financial services industries in our markets and surrounding areas are highly competitive. We 
compete with a wide range of regional and national banks located in our market areas as well as non-bank commercial 
finance companies on a nationwide basis. We experience competition in both lending and attracting deposit funds as well 
as payment processing services from commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, 
pension trusts, mutual funds, insurance companies, mortgage bankers and brokers, brokerage and investment banking 
firms, non-bank lenders, government agencies and certain other non-financial institutions. Many of these competitors have 
more assets, capital and lending limits, and resources than we do and may be able to conduct more intensive and broader-
based promotional efforts to reach both commercial and individual customers. Competition for deposit products can 
depend on pricing because of the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another as well 
as the expertise necessary to manage specialized accounts (i.e., interest on lawyer accounts (“IOLA”) and interest on 
lawyer trust accounts (“IOLTA”)) which are specifically designed for designating law firm customer funds. 
 
Competition for Litigation-Related Loans is derived primarily from a small number of nationally-oriented financial 
companies that specialize in this market. Some of these companies are focused exclusively on loans to law firms, while 
others offer loans to plaintiffs as well. While some overlap exists between the litigation market loan products offered by 

8 
Esquire Bank and these companies (primarily lines of credit, case-cost and post-settlement commercial loans), there are a 
number of critical differences that we believe gives our Bank a competitive advantage including, but not limited to: 
• 
Esquire Bank can offer more competitive terms (i.e., rates) on loans compared to specialty finance companies 
because its cost of funds is much lower than the funding costs for these non-bank competitors; 
• 
the non-bank companies are not able to offer commercial cash management services on deposit products (i.e., 
commercial on-line banking, remote deposit capture technology), letters of credit, debit cards, or other business 
services; and 
• 
non-banks cannot offer products uniformly across the country because they are not national banks. 
The Bank provides payment processing services as an acquiring bank primarily through the third-party or ISO business 
model in which we process and clear credit card, debit card, and ACH transactions on behalf of merchants. We are one of 
approximately 100 U.S. acquiring banks and face competition from many larger institutions, including large commercial 
banks and third party processors, that operate in the payment processing business. We believe we have a competitive 
advantage to continue to attract and retain ISOs and merchants when considering our history of successful operations, 
flexibility to settle through multiple payment processing platforms, superior customer relationship management, and an 
ability to tailor our contractual arrangements to our customers’ needs. 
Lending Activities 
Our strategy is to maintain a loan portfolio that is broadly diversified by type and location. Within this general strategy, 
we intend to focus our growth in Litigation-Related Loans, which include commercial loans to law firms and, to a much 
lesser extent, consumer lending to attorneys and plaintiffs/claimants where we have expertise and market insights. As of 
December 31, 2024, these product lines in aggregate totaled $838.6 million (or 60.0% of our loan portfolio). As of 
December 31, 2024, our commercial Litigation-Related Loans, which consist of working capital lines of credit, case cost 
lines of credit, term loans and other commercial Litigation-Related Loans (“Commercial Litigation-Related Loans”), 
totaled $835.8 million, or 99.7% of our total Litigation-Related Loan portfolio and 59.8% of our loan portfolio. As of 
December 31, 2024, our consumer Litigation-Related Loans, which consist of held for investment post-settlement 
consumer loans and structured settlement loans (“Consumer Litigation-Related Loans”), totaled $2.7 million, or 0.3% of 
our total Litigation-Related Loan portfolio and 0.2% of our loan portfolio. With respect to our Litigation-Related Loan 
portfolio, we seek out customers on a nationwide basis. 
At December 31, 2024, approximately 20.7%, 19.5%, and 14.6% of the Commercial Litigation-Related Loans 
outstanding had been extended to customers in California, New York and Texas, respectively. There were two other states 
with loan balance concentrations of at least 5.0% each of total Commercial Litigation-Related Loans. 
As of December 31, 2024, our total real estate loans, which consist of multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans 
and 1 – 4 family loans, totaled $456.9 million (or 32.7% of our loan portfolio). The majority of our real estate secured 
loans are in the areas surrounding the New York metropolitan area. Our real estate portfolio is managed as a stable and 
reliable asset class and is conservatively underwritten. We anticipate continuing to focus on the commercial credit needs 
of businesses in these markets. 
The following is a discussion of our major types of lending activity: 
Commercial Loans and Lines of Credit (“Commercial”).  Generally, commercial loans are originated to local small 
to mid-size businesses to provide short-term financing for inventory, receivables, the purchase of supplies, or other 
operating needs arising during the normal course of business and loans made to our qualified ISO customers. In addition, 
specialized and tailored commercial loans are offered to attorneys and law firms nationally. At December 31, 2024, 
commercial loans (excluding Commercial Litigation-Related Loans of $835.8 million) totaled $84.7 million (or 6.1% of 
total loans). All commercial loans totaled $920.6 million (or 65.9% of our total loans) at December 31, 2024. 

9 
Commercial Litigation-Related Loans. The following is a summary of the specialized commercial loan products we 
offer to meet the needs of the litigation community. Commercial Litigation-Related Loans are made to law firms and the 
outstanding loan balances are included in the loan balance for commercial loans as noted above. A unique aspect of our 
underwriting involves advances of loan proceeds against a “borrowing base”, which typically consists of the total inventory 
of litigation cases for the firm. We complement this with traditional commercial underwriting (See “Credit Risk 
Management” below). Generally, the maximum amount a customer may borrow at any time is fixed as a percentage of the 
borrowing base outstanding at any time and takes into account the firm’s operating performance and related debt service 
coverage ratio (“DSCR”). In addition, to a lesser extent, we lend to law firms that may exhibit fluctuating earnings, 
cumulative deficits, and negative cash flows where we employ an asset based lending model to the deal structure. We 
consider such financing opportunities where the terms and structure present manageable risks and the opportunity to 
achieve above average risk adjusted returns. 
• 
Working Capital Lines of Credit (“WC LOC”).  WC LOCs are unsecured business lines of credit offered to law 
firms for general corporate purposes, including meeting cash flow needs, advertising, financing the purchase of 
fixed assets, or other reasons. The balance of such loans was $531.6 million at December 31, 2024 (or 63.4% of 
total Litigation-Related Loans). 
• 
Case Cost Lines of Credit.  Case Cost Lines of Credit (“Case Cost LOC”) are unsecured business lines of credit 
that are tied to the costs of contingency cases and totaled $185.2 million at December 31, 2024 (or 22.1% of total 
Litigation-Related Loans). Contingency case costs include court filing fees, investigative costs, expert witness 
fees, deposition costs, medical record costs, and other costs. Recovery of case costs is derived from gross 
settlement proceeds from the settled case. In our experience, an average case can take two to four years to litigate 
and law firms are prevented from charging their clients any interest for the out-of-pocket litigation costs, which 
amounts to an interest-free loan provided to the client from the law firm. Thus, instead of using the law firm’s 
cash flow, law firms use Case Cost LOCs to finance litigation cash flows because the finance charges can 
generally be charged against the settlement proceeds. Case Cost LOCs are not contingent loans, meaning that 
their repayment is not dependent on a favorable case settlement. In the event of an unfavorable outcome for the 
borrower, the loans are repaid from the cash flows of the law firm. 
• 
Term Loans.  Term loans are short-term unsecured business loans originated to law firms for general corporate 
purposes. These loans are offered to law firms at the same terms as those offered to other types of businesses. 
Term loans to law firms totaled $119.1 million at December 31, 2024 (or 14.2% of total Litigation-Related 
Loans). 
• 
Post-Settlement Commercial and Other Commercial Litigation-Related Loans.  Post-settlement commercial 
loans are bridge loans secured by proceeds from non-appealable, settled cases. Other commercial litigation-
related loans consist of both secured and unsecured loans to law firms and attorneys. At December 31, 2024, we 
had no such loans. 
Consumer Loans.  Consumer loans are primarily personal loans and, to a lesser extent, post-settlement consumer 
loans made to plaintiffs and claimants as described below. Personal loans are purchased or originated for debt 
consolidation, medical expenses, living expenses, payment of outstanding bills, or other consumer needs on both a secured 
and unsecured basis. At December 31, 2024, total consumer loans held for investment (excluding Consumer Litigation-
Related Loans of $2.7 million) totaled $16.6 million (or 1.2% of total loans).  
Post-settlement consumer loans are generally bridge loans to individuals secured by proceeds from settled cases. 
These loans generally meet the “life needs” of claimants in various litigation matters due to the delay between the time of 
settlement and actual payment of the settlement. These delays are primarily due to various administrative matters in the 
case. The balance of held for investment post-settlement consumer loans to individuals was $2.7 million at December 31, 
2024. 
Real Estate Loans.  The majority of our real estate secured loans are in the New York metropolitan area. 

10 
Multifamily.  Multifamily loans are the largest component of the real estate loan portfolio and totaled $355.2 million 
(or 25.4% of total loans) as of December 31, 2024. The multifamily loan portfolio primarily consists of nonrecourse loans 
secured by nonowner occupied apartment buildings in the New York Metropolitan area (i.e., Brooklyn, the Bronx, 
Manhattan.). All of our multifamily loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis (monthly principal and interest 
payments) and are predominately five or seven year fixed interest loans with a 25 to 30 year principal amortization and 
subject to springing guarantees or “bad boy” protections from the principals. All loans are independently underwritten by 
us utilizing the underwriting criteria per our Board established credit policy. 
Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”).  CRE loans totaled $87.0 million (or 6.2% of total loans) as of December 31, 2024 
and consisted primarily of loans secured by warehouses (54.1% of the CRE portfolio), mixed use (17.9% of the CRE 
portfolio), hospitality properties (16.9% of the CRE portfolio), with the remainder comprised of retail properties (11.1% 
of the CRE portfolio). We have no office exposure in our CRE portfolio as of December 31, 2024. Owner-occupied loans 
represented 7.9% of the CRE portfolio at December 31, 2024. We both originate and, on a limited basis, participate in 
CRE loans. All loans are independently underwritten by us utilizing the same underwriting criteria per our Board 
established credit policy. 
1 – 4 Family.  Mortgage loans are primarily secured by 1 – 4 family cash flowing investment properties ($14.7 million, 
or 1.0% of total loans, as of December 31, 2024) in our market area. The residential mortgage loan portfolio includes 1 –
 4 family income producing investment properties, primary and secondary owner occupied residences, investor coops and 
condos. The majority of residential mortgages are originated internally, although we do purchase residential mortgages 
from time to time. Purchased loans are subject to all the asset quality and documentary precautions normally used when 
originating a loan. 
Construction Loans.  Construction loans are originated on an opportunistic basis. At December 31, 2024, there were 
no construction loans. 
Payment Processing Activities 
We provide payment processing as an acquiring bank primarily through the third-party or ISO business model in 
which we process and clear credit and debit card transactions on behalf of merchants. This model is designed to mitigate 
the risks associated with merchant losses resulting from chargebacks, fraud, non-compliance issues or even ISO or 
merchant insolvency. In an ISO model, the Bank and the ISO jointly enter into the merchant agreement with each merchant. 
We believe this model provides an added layer of protection against losses from merchants since losses that are not 
absorbed by a merchant would be the liability of the ISO payable from reserves posted by the ISO or other funds the bank 
owes to the ISO. Even with this recourse, Esquire Bank is ultimately liable for losses from actions of merchants and those 
of ISOs. Since inception in 2012, Esquire Bank has not incurred any losses from its payment processing activities. 
We entered into the payment processing business as an acquiring bank in 2012 in an effort to increase our noninterest 
income and to provide cross selling opportunities for other business banking products and services. For the year ended 
December 31, 2024, payment processing revenues were $20.9 million, which was 16.7% of our total revenue. At 
December 31, 2024, we had 27 active ISOs, servicing 88,000 merchants, and for the year ended December 31, 2024, we 
processed $36.3 billion in card volume. We intend to continue to expand our payment processing business. 
Under the ISO model, the ISO determines (with the Bank’s oversight) the appropriate amount of merchant reserves, 
which is generally based on the nature of the merchant’s business, product delivery timeframe, its chargeback and refund 
history, processing volumes and the merchant’s financial health. The ISO performs an underwriting and risk management 
review, although Esquire Bank also reviews and underwrites applications and performs separate risk monitoring and 
management to ensure compliance with Esquire Bank’s internal underwriting policies. As of December 31, 2024, we had 
contractual arrangements with three payment processors or clearing agents, TSYS, Repay and Fiserv, which are utilized 
by Esquire Bank and our ISOs to authorize, clear and settle card transactions. 
We have implemented a comprehensive risk mitigation program for our payment processing business which includes 
detailed policies and procedures applicable to both ISOs and merchants pertaining to due diligence, risk and underwriting 
and Bank Secrecy Act and card brand network (i.e., Visa and Mastercard) compliance, among other objectives. Our 

11 
Merchant Acquiring and Risk Policy establishes authorities and guidelines for the Bank to acquire payment processing 
arrangements with ISOs, payment facilitators, merchants and agent banks through merchant portfolio acquisitions. Such 
guidelines include initial and ongoing due diligence requirements and approval authorities. All merchants, regardless of 
how the merchant is acquired, must meet our Merchant Credit/Underwriting Policy requirements. In addition, credit 
approval requirements and authorities for approving merchants and ISOs are clearly defined in our Merchant Acquiring 
and Risk Policy. 
Our Merchant Acquiring and Risk Policy establishes stringent requirements related to the due diligence conducted 
initially and on an ongoing basis, requirements for the ISO contract, our responsibilities and the ISO’s responsibilities in 
connection with the sponsorship and other matters. In the event of a potential loss and in accordance with the terms of the 
ISO Merchant Agreement, we can take the following actions to collect: charge the merchant account; charge the merchant 
reserve account; charge the ISO reserve account; deduct from the ISO monthly residual on an ongoing basis until fully 
recovered; and liquidate all or a portion of the ISO merchant portfolio. 
In exchange for the liabilities and costs assumed by ISOs, we receive reduced revenue on our payment processing 
portfolio as compared to direct payment processing providers that do not obtain such indemnification and administrative 
support. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we received a blended rate of approximately six basis points for payment 
processing, compared to direct payment processing providers that may receive two to three times that rate for a portfolio 
with similar risk characteristics. However, we believe that our acquiring bank ISO business model represents less risk for 
Esquire Bank and we are compensated for the risk assumed. From time to time, we may enter into arrangements with 
specific merchant and/or ISO counterparties where we have negotiated a higher fee in exchange for assuming more risk. 
Deposit Funding 
Deposits are our primary source of funds to support our earning assets and growth. We offer depository products, 
including checking, savings, money market and certificates of deposit with a variety of rates. Deposits are insured by the 
FDIC up to statutory limits. Our unique low cost core deposit model is primarily driven by escrow and operating accounts 
from law firms and other litigation settlements on a national basis, representing 74% of the $1.64 billion in total deposits 
at December 31, 2024. Our core deposits (excluding time deposits) represent 99.1% of our total deposits at December 31, 
2024. Our total cost of deposits is 0.91% for the year ended December 31, 2024, anchored by our noninterest bearing 
demand deposits and litigation related escrow funds representing 30% and 60%, respectively, of total deposits. We do not 
use a traditional “brick and mortar” branch network to support our deposit growth and have one branch, located in Jericho, 
New York and one branch in Los Angeles, California planned to open in 2025. The vast majority of our commercial loan 
customers utilize our cash management platform for their commercial deposit balances including, but not limited to, their 
commercial operating accounts, escrow accounts, and commercial money market accounts. 
Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities and we do 
not utilize borrowings currently or traditionally as a source of funding for asset growth. Besides generating deposits from 
law firms and litigation settlements, we also generate deposits from our payment processing platform and other local 
businesses, individuals through client referrals, other relationships and through our single retail branch. We believe we 
have a stable core deposit base due primarily to the litigation market strategy as we strongly encourage and are successful 
in having law firm borrowers maintain their operating and escrow banking relationship with us. Our low cost of funds is 
due to our deposit composition consisting of approximately 99.1% in core deposit accounts at December 31, 2024. Our 
deposit strategy primarily focuses on developing lending and other service orientated relationships with customers rather 
than competing with other institutions on rate. Our longer duration escrow or claimant trust settlement deposits represent 
accounts where the law firm is trustee for the claimant settlement funds and represent $979.0 million, or 60%, of total 
deposits. These law firm escrow accounts as well as other fiduciary deposit accounts are for the benefit of the law firm’s 
customers (or claimants) and are titled in a manner to ensure that the maximum amount of FDIC insurance coverage passes 
through the account to the beneficial owner of the funds held in the account. Therefore, these law firm escrow accounts 
carry FDIC insurance at the claimant settlement level, not at the deposit account level. Further, the majority of our 
uninsured deposits represent customers with full relationship banking (loans and associated deposits) including, but not 
limited to, law firm operating accounts, law firm escrow accounts, merchant reserves, ISO reserves, ACH processing, and 
custodial accounts.  

12 
The Bank participates in sweep programs to provide our customers FDIC insured deposit products and access to 
treasury secured money market funds. In order to participate in these programs, the Bank places, or sweeps, deposits to 
these programs where a portion of which may be utilized as a source of liquidity. Access to these sweep programs is not 
considered when assessing liquidity, which is further discussed in “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The litigation market provides unique 
opportunities for the Bank to access funds due to the significant deposit sources such as mass tort and class action 
settlements and escrow deposits. As of December 31, 2024, off-balance sheet sweep funds totaled approximately $554.4 
million, of which approximately $424.2 million, or 77%, was available to be swept onto the Bank’s balance sheet. 
Credit Risk Management 
We control credit risk both through a Board approved Credit Policy, disciplined underwriting of each loan, as well as 
active credit management processes and procedures to manage risk and minimize loss throughout the life of a transaction. 
We seek to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio in terms of type of customer, type of loan product, geographic 
area and industries in which our business customers are engaged. We have developed tailored underwriting criteria and 
credit management processes for each of the various loan product types we offer our customers. 
Underwriting.  In evaluating each potential loan relationship, we adhere to a disciplined underwriting evaluation 
process including but not limited to the following: 
• 
understanding the customer’s financial condition and ability to repay the loan, including DSCR and global DSCR; 
• 
verifying that the primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount and structure 
of the loan; 
• 
observing appropriate loan to value guidelines for collateral secured loans; 
• 
maintaining our targeted levels of diversification for the loan portfolio, both as to type of borrower and geographic 
location of collateral; 
• 
ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral; and 
• 
applying risk rating criteria tailored to our lending activities. 
Commercial Loans.  These loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from 
the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans that may fluctuate in value. Our commercial 
loans are originated based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and on the underlying collateral provided by the 
borrower. Most often, for our Litigation-Related Loans, this collateral consists of the case inventory of the law firm 
(borrowing base) and, to a lesser extent, accounts receivable or equipment. 
• 
Commercial Litigation-Related Loans (working capital lines of credit, case cost lines of credit, and term 
loans). We perform the underwriting criteria typical for commercial business loans (generally, but not limited to, 
three years of tax returns, three years of financial data, cash flows, partner guarantees, partner personal financials, 
credit history, background checks, etc.). We also review the firm’s case inventory to ascertain the value of their 
future receivables. Typically, at least three years of successful experience in plaintiff (or contingency fee) practice 
are required for a law firm. Working capital lines of credit and case cost lines of credit are floating rate, prime-
based loans. The proceeds of a Case Cost loan can only be used against case expenses. These loans are subject to 
a general security agreement evidenced by UCC-1 filing on all assets of the borrower, including but not limited 
to, the full case inventory, accounts receivable, fixtures and deposits where applicable. A key component of the 
underwriting process is an evaluation of the pending cases of an applicant law firm to determine the probability 
and amount of future settlements. These loans are based on a borrowing base that was developed by us whereby 
a law firm’s case inventory is segmented into various stages and evaluated taking into account the firm’s operating 
performance and related DSCR. In connection with these loans, the Bank generally requires personal guarantees 

13 
of key partners in most circumstances and, in certain circumstances an assignment of life insurance of partners, 
in accordance with our Board approved Lending Policy.  
To a lesser extent, we provide financing to a law firm that, through its existence or its partners’ professional work 
histories have demonstrated long-term success with large, complex, and profitable litigation matters. Firms of 
this nature are structured in such a way that their business model and legal talent profile has been positioned to 
manage such activity. These are typically firms specializing in Mass Tort or Class Action claims which often 
exhibit cumulative deficits, fluctuating earnings, and extended periods of negative cash flow. When structured 
properly, with sufficient due diligence and the application of loan structuring concepts typically associated with 
asset based lending, such facilities can present manageable risks and above average returns. We will entertain 
such financing opportunities where the terms, structure, borrower willingness and ability to cooperate with our 
underwriting requirements will provide an appropriate risk adjusted return. These types of asset based loans are 
limited to 35% of our total litigation related commercial loan portfolio (based on total credit facility level) as per 
our Board approved Lending Policy. 
Consumer Loans.  Consumer loans primarily consist of our personal loans and, to a lesser extent, Consumer 
Litigation-Related Loans, which include post-settlement consumer loans. Personal loans are purchased or originated to 
individuals for debt consolidation, medical expenses, living expenses, payment of outstanding bills, or other consumer 
needs, are generally dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower and may be secured or unsecured. Post-
settlement consumer loans are generally for two year terms with extensions granted based on acceptable supporting 
documentation regarding case status and viability, at Esquire Bank’s discretion. To ensure the value of the settlement 
amount and likelihood and timeframe of payout, we require an executed settlement agreement or an affidavit of attorney 
attesting to the existence of an accepted offer. As the settlements are court ordered, the risks of settlements being 
renegotiated after we have made the loans are minimal. The loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio is generally limited to 50% of the 
net settlement amount due to the borrower. 
1 – 4 Family Loans.  Residential mortgage loans are originated or purchased primarily for investment purposes, 
generally with fixed rates and 30-year or 15-year terms. Adjustable-rate mortgages (“ARMs”) are purchased or originated 
as 1 year ARMs, 5/1 ARMs, or 7/1 ARMs. We perform an extensive credit history review for each borrower. Second 
homes or investment properties are subject to additional requirements. Debt-to-income (“DTI”) and DSCR, if applicable, 
ratios generally conform to industry standards for conforming loans. Flood insurance, title insurance and fire/hazard 
insurance are mandatory for all applications, as appropriate. 
Commercial Real Estate and Multifamily Loans.  Loans secured by commercial and multifamily real estate generally 
have larger balances and involve different risk considerations than 1 – 4 family mortgage loans. Of primary consideration 
in commercial and multifamily real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow 
potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and 
management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than 1 – 4 family 
real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. 
In approving a commercial or multifamily real estate loan, we consider and review (i) a global cash flow analysis of 
the borrower, (ii) the net operating income of the property, (iii) the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability 
and (iv) the value of the underlying collateral property. Maximum LTV ratios are 80% of appraised value and we generally 
require that the properties securing these real estate loans have minimum debt service ratios (the ratio of net operating 
income to debt service) of 1.15x. Loan terms are fifteen years or less with the option to extend another five years and 
amortization is based on a 25-to-30-year schedule or less. An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists 
that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that 
handled hazardous materials. To monitor cash flows on income producing properties, we require borrowers and loan 
guarantors to provide personal and business financial statements on an annual basis for loans with a principal balance in 
excess of $1.5 million. 
Construction Loans.  Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent 1 – 4 family 
lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. 
This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number 

14 
of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or 
disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement 
of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the 
borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or 
guarantor to repay principal and interest. Construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with 
the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability 
to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations. 
Loan Approval Authority.  Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan 
origination procedures established by our Board of Directors and management. We have established several levels of 
lending authority that have been delegated by the Board of Directors to the Directors Loan Committee, the Chief Lending 
Officer and other personnel in accordance with the Lending Authority in the Loan Policy. Authority limits are based on 
the total exposure of the borrower and are conditioned on the loan conforming to the policies contained in the Loan Policy. 
Any Loan Policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority. 
Loans to One Borrower.  In accordance with loans-to-one-borrower regulations, the Bank is generally limited to 
lending no more than 15% of its capital and surplus to any one borrower or borrowing entity. This limit may be increased 
by an additional 10% for loans secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable 
and continuously available price quotations, at least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. To qualify for this additional 
10%, the Bank must perfect a security interest in the collateral and the collateral must have a market value at all times of 
at least 100% of the loan amount that exceeds the 15% general limit. At December 31, 2024, our regulatory limit on loans-
to-one borrower was $35.9 million. 
Management understands the importance of concentration risk and continuously monitors to ensure that portfolio risk 
is balanced between such factors as loan type, geography, collateral, structure, maturity and risk rating, among other things. 
Our Loan Policy establishes detailed concentration limits and sub limits by loan type and geography. 
Ongoing Credit Risk Management.  In addition to the tailored underwriting process described above, we perform 
ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all credit exposures. Although we grade and classify our loans internally, 
we have an independent third party professional firm perform regular loan reviews to confirm loan classifications. We 
strive to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to aggressively seek resolution of these situations before the 
loans create a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable credit 
losses incurred in the loan portfolio. 
In general, whenever a particular loan or overall borrower relationship is downgraded to pass-watch, special mention 
or substandard based on one or more standard loan grading factors, our credit officers engage in active evaluation of the 
asset to determine the appropriate resolution strategy. Management regularly reviews the status of the watch list and 
classified assets portfolio as well as the larger credits in the portfolio. 
In addition to our general credit risk management processes, we employ incremental risk management processes for 
our commercial loans to law firms. We require borrowing base updates at least annually and also engage in active review 
and monitoring of the borrowing base collateral, including assessments of the underlying litigation status and quality of 
the legal work. Where a relationship is considered to be structured similar to an asset based lending facility, the ongoing 
credit risk management of the relationship is conducted at least semiannually. 
Commercial Real Estate Lending Credit Risk Management Considerations in the Current Environment.  Due to 
increases in market interest rates since 2022, management enhanced its ongoing credit risk management monitoring of the 
commercial real estate loan portfolio. Specifically, management has further analyzed the multifamily and CRE loan 
portfolios which comprise $355.2 million, or 25.4%, and $87.0 million, or 6.2%, respectively, of total loans, as of 
December 31, 2024. We have no exposure to office and construction loans, minimal exposure to hospitality ($14.7 million 
as of December 31, 2024), and a regulatory CRE concentration exposure at both the consolidated and Bank level that is 
less than 200% of total capital plus the allowance for credit losses.  The following enhancements were made to our credit 
risk management monitoring processes to address the current environment and reviewed with our Board of Directors: 

15 
• 
Management stratified the multifamily and CRE portfolios, respectively, by LTV (i.e., less than 50% LTV, 
50%-60% LTV, 60%-70% LTV, etc.) and evaluated several sub-portfolio characteristics, including, but not 
limited to, the original loan balance, current loan balance, loan count, maturity, original LTV, and current 
weighted average DSCR. The overall multifamily portfolio, excluding one nonperforming loan, totaling $344.2 
million, has a current weighted average DSCR and an original LTV of approximately 1.64 and 54%, respectively, 
and the CRE portfolio, totaling $87.0 million, has a current weighted average DSCR and an original LTV of 
approximately 1.48 and 58%, respectively. 
• 
Multifamily loans maturing in 2025 totaled $59.5 million and had a current weighted average DSCR and an 
original LTV of approximately 1.34 and 57%, respectively. CRE loans maturing in 2025 totaled $1.7 million and 
had a current weighted average DSCR and an original LTV of approximately 1.60 and 66%, respectively. 
• 
Multifamily loans maturing in 2026 totaled $48.4 million and had a current weighted average DSCR and an 
original LTV of approximately 1.39 and 66%, respectively. CRE loans maturing in 2026 totaled $3.8 million and 
had a current weighted average DSCR and an original LTV of approximately 1.39 and 55%, respectively.   
• 
Stress testing of multifamily and CRE DSCR and LTV at both the individual loan and portfolio level was 
performed by adjusting the current loan interest rate and the property capitalization rate to current market rates 
to evaluate the pro forma DSCR and LTV levels. 
• 
The multifamily portfolio was segregated into rent regulated, free market, and mixed (both rent regulated and 
free market) to assess exposure to each type of property when performing the above analysis. Each category 
represented approximately a third of the overall multifamily portfolio totaling $355.2 million at December 31, 
2024. 
Investments 
We manage our investments primarily for liquidity purposes, with a secondary focus on returns. All of our debt 
securities are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity and can be used to collateralize Federal Home Loan Bank 
of New York (“FHLB”) borrowings, FRB borrowings, or other borrowings. At December 31, 2024, our securities had a 
fair value of $302.7 million, and consisted of U.S. Government Agency collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-
backed securities. 
Our investment objectives are primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, establish an acceptable level of interest rate 
risk, to provide a use of excess funds and to generate a favorable return. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility 
for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. The Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) and 
management are responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring our investment performance. 
The board of directors reviews the status of our investment portfolio monthly. 
We are required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock, which is based on our level of mortgage related assets 
(“MRA”) and adjusted for any FHLB borrowings, for which we had none at December 31, 2024. Additionally, we are 
required to maintain an investment in Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) of New York stock equal to six percent of our capital 
and surplus. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative instruments, we had no investments 
in derivative instruments at December 31, 2024.  
Borrowings 
We maintain diverse funding sources including borrowing lines at the FHLB, the FRB discount window and other 
financial institutions. Traditionally, we have not utilized borrowings to fund our operations. The FHLB functions as a 
central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital 
stock in the FHLB and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of our multifamily 
loans and securities portfolio (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided 
certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each 
having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are 

16 
based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the FHLB assessment of the institution’s 
creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2024, we had $431.7 million of available borrowing capacity with the FHLB. We 
also had a borrowing capacity with the FRB of New York discount window of $51.4 million. The other borrowing lines 
are maintained primarily for contingency funding sources and totaled $17.5 million. No amounts were outstanding on any 
of the aforementioned lines as of December 31, 2024. 
Human Capital Resources 
 
At December 31, 2024, we employed 138 full time equivalent individuals, of which approximately 60% are either 
minorities or women.  None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement.  The Company’s 
national platform employs a business model that combines high-touch service, technology and a relationship-based focus 
of a community bank with an extensive suite of banking and innovative financial services to businesses and individuals 
embracing the new digital banking era. We seek to hire well-qualified employees who also fit our corporate culture.  
 
Training, Development, and Retention.  We encourage and support the growth and development of our employees 
and, wherever possible, seek to fill positions by promotion and transfer from within the organization. The Company 
provides a collaborative environment where opportunities are provided through on the job skills training, firm sponsored 
training, informal peer mentoring, and interaction with senior leaders. This collaborative environment offers internal 
mobility as well as competitive compensation and benefits packages allowing for significant employee retention. 
 
Benefits.  On an ongoing basis, we further promote the health and wellness of our employees by strongly encouraging 
work-life balance. Our benefits package includes health care coverage, retirement benefits, life and disability insurance, 
paid time off and leave policies.  
 
Community Involvement.  As part of our Community Reinvestment Act obligations as a community bank, Esquire 
Bank supports a multitude of diverse, worthy, community-based organizations through a comprehensive grant and lending 
program. Additionally, the Bank donates to a variety of local and national charitable organizations. 
 
Subsidiaries 
Esquire Bank, National Association is the sole subsidiary of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. and there are no 
subsidiaries of Esquire Bank, National Association. 
Supervision and Regulation 
General.  Esquire Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America and its deposits 
are insured to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”). The lending, investment, deposit-taking, and 
other business authority of Esquire Bank is governed primarily by federal law and regulations and Esquire Bank is 
prohibited from engaging in any operations not authorized by such laws and regulations. Esquire Bank is subject to 
extensive regulation, supervision and examination by, and the enforcement authority of, the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency (the “OCC”), and to a lesser extent through certain back-up authority by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. 
Esquire Bank is also subject to federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations of the Consumer 
Financial Protection Bureau, though the OCC is responsible for examining, supervising, and enforcing the Bank’s 
compliance with these laws. The regulatory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a 
national bank may engage and is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, customers and the DIF. The regulatory 
structure gives the regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities 
and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate 
credit loss reserves for regulatory purposes. 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. is a bank holding company, due to its control of Esquire Bank, and is therefore subject 
to the requirements of the BHCA and regulation and supervision by the FRB. The Company files reports with and is 
subject to periodic examination by the FRB. The Company has made the election under the BHCA to be designated a 
financial holding company. 

17 
Any change in the applicable laws and regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the FRB or through legislation, 
could have a material adverse impact on Esquire Bank, the Company and their operations and the Company’s stockholders. 
What follows is a summary of some of the laws and regulations applicable to Esquire Bank and Esquire Financial 
Holdings, Inc. The summary is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws 
and regulations. 
Esquire Bank, National Association 
Loans and Investments 
National banks have authority to originate and purchase any type of loan, including commercial, commercial real 
estate, 1 – 4 family mortgages or consumer loans. Aggregate loans by a national bank to any single borrower or group of 
related borrowers are generally limited to 15% of Esquire Bank’s capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% if secured 
by specified readily marketable collateral. 
Federal law and OCC regulations limit Esquire Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited 
from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account other than companies through which the bank conducts 
its business. Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities up to specified limits depending 
upon the type of security. “Investment securities” are generally defined as marketable obligations that are investment grade 
and not predominantly speculative in nature. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, 
depending on its type, a national bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. The OCC has also 
permitted national banks to purchase certain noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as 
loans. 
Lending Standards 
The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are 
secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. 
Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as Esquire Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies 
establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or 
are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio 
diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, 
loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies 
must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulators’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that 
have been adopted. 
Federal Deposit Insurance 
Deposit accounts at Esquire Bank are insured by the FDIC’s DIF. 
The FDIC adopted a final rule in 2022, applicable to all insured depository institutions, to increase initial base deposit 
insurance assessment rate schedules uniformly by two basis points, beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 
2023. The FDIC also concurrently maintained the DIF reserve ratio at 2.0% for 2023. The increase in assessment rate 
schedules is intended to increase the likelihood that the reserve ratio reaches the statutory minimum of 1.35% by the 
statutory deadline of September 30, 2028.  
The FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound 
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order 
or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination 
of Esquire Bank’s deposit insurance. 

18 
Capitalization 
Federal regulations require FDIC insured depository institutions, including national banks, to meet several minimum 
capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a 
total capital to risk-based assets ratio and a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. 
The capital standards require the maintenance of common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-
weighted assets of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively, and a leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 capital. Common 
equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally 
defined as common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain 
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated 
subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 
capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may 
include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate 
preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for credit losses limited to a 
maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the 
treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-
sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out 
have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-
securities). We exercised the opt-out election regarding the treatment of AOCI. Calculation of all types of regulatory 
capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. 
In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a bank’s assets, 
including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are 
multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on perceived risks inherent in the type of asset. Higher 
levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is 
assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first 
lien 1 – 4 family mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% 
is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, 
depending on certain specified factors. 
In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and 
certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” 
consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its 
minimum risk-based capital requirements. 
Legislation enacted in 2018 required the federal banking agencies to establish a “community bank leverage ratio” of 
between 8-10% of average total consolidated assets for qualifying institutions with less than $10 billion of assets. Banks 
meeting the specified requirements and electing to follow the alternative framework would be deemed to comply with the 
regulatory capital requirements, including the risk-based requirements. The federal agencies final rule issued in 2019 set 
the community bank leverage ratio at 9%. The Bank has not elected to utilize this alternative framework as of December 31, 
2024. 
Safety and Soundness Standards 
Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to 
internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, 
asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and information security standards. In general, the 
guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the 
guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation 
as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, 
employee, director, or principal stockholder. In 2023, the OCC issued guidance along with the FDIC and FRB on risks 
banks may face from third party relationships (e.g. relationships under which the third party provides services to the bank). 
The guidance outlines the agencies’ views on sound risk management principles related to third party relationships, 

19 
including as related to the performance of adequate due diligence on the third party, appropriate documentation of the 
relationship, and performance of adequate oversight and auditing in order to limit the risks to the bank. 
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action 
Federal law requires that the federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that 
do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, 
adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. 
National banks that have insufficient capital are subject to certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory measures. 
For example, a bank that is “undercapitalized” (i.e., fails to meet certain specified regulatory capital measures) is subject 
to growth limitations and is required to submit a capital restoration plan; a holding company that controls such a bank is 
required to guarantee that the bank complies with the capital restoration plan. A “significantly undercapitalized” bank is 
subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically undercapitalized” are subject to the 
appointment of a receiver or conservator. 
Under the prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in 
order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based 
capital ratio of 8%; (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%. The Bank was well 
capitalized under the prompt corrective action requirements at December 31, 2024. 
Dividends 
Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a cash dividend, without approval 
from the OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available 
for cash dividend. Cash dividends exceeding those amounts require application to and approval by the OCC. To pay a cash 
dividend, a national bank must also maintain an adequate capital conservation buffer under the capital rules discussed 
above. 
Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders 
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which 
includes the Company. The FRB has adopted Regulation W, which implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in 
part by codifying prior FRB interpretations. 
Under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, an affiliate of a bank includes any 
company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is 
not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is generally not treated as an affiliate of the 
bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat 
subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Section 23A limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries 
may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. There is an 
aggregate limit of 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus for such covered transactions with all affiliates. The term 
“covered transaction” includes, among other things, the making of a loan to an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an 
affiliate, the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of an affiliate, and the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral 
for a loan. All such covered transactions are required to be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound 
banking practices and may not involve the acquisition of any “low quality asset” from an affiliate. Certain covered 
transactions, such as loans to or guarantees on behalf of an affiliate, must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 
100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending upon the type of collateral. In addition, Section 23B requires that any 
covered transaction (and specified other transactions) between a bank and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that 
are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions 
with or involving a non-affiliate. 
A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an “insider”) and 
certain entities controlled by any such person (an insider’s “related interest”) are subject to the conditions and limitations 

20 
imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O. The aggregate amount of a bank’s 
loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national 
banks. Aggregate loans by a bank to its insiders and insiders’ related interests may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired 
capital and unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also requires that any loan to an insider or a related interest of an insider be 
approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in 
the voting, if the loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider or the insider’s related interests, would 
exceed the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus, or $500,000. Generally, such loans must 
be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those 
that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not involve more than a normal 
risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a 
benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any 
preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank. In addition, with certain exceptions, such as education 
loans and certain 1 – 4 family mortgages, a bank’s loans to its executive officers may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 
2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, and in no event may exceed $100,000. As of April 29, 
2021, as a matter of policy, the Bank ceased making new loans and extension of credit available to its insiders of the Bank 
and their related interests. 
Enforcement 
The OCC has extensive enforcement authority over national banks to correct unsafe or unsound practices and 
violations of law or regulation. Such authority includes the issuance of cease and desist orders, assessment of civil money 
penalties and removal of officers and directors. The OCC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a national bank 
under specified circumstances, such as where (i) the bank’s assets are less than its obligations to creditors, (ii) the bank is 
likely to be unable to pay its obligations or meet depositors’ demands in the normal course of business, or (iii) a substantial 
dissipation of bank assets or earnings has occurred due to a violation of law of regulation or unsafe or unsound practices. 
Federal Reserve System 
Under federal law and regulations, the Bank is required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound 
banking practices. Regulation D, promulgated by the FRB, imposes reserve requirements on all depository institutions, 
including Esquire Bank, which maintain transaction accounts or non-personal time deposits. In March 2020, due to a 
change in its approach to monetary policy from the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB implemented a final rule to amend 
Regulation D requirements and reduce reserve requirement ratios to zero. The FRB has indicated that it has no plans to re-
impose reserve requirements, but may do so in the future if conditions warrant. 
Examinations and Assessments 
Esquire Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal 
regulations generally require periodic on-site examinations for all depository institutions. Esquire Bank is required to pay 
an annual assessment to the OCC to fund the agency’s operations. 
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws 
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), Esquire Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation 
consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and 
moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial 
institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best 
suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the OCC to assess Esquire Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs 
of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by Esquire Bank. For example, 
the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching or merger) 
proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its 
most recent OCC evaluation, Esquire Bank was rated “outstanding” with respect to its CRA compliance. 

21 
On October 24, 2023, the FDIC, the FRB, and the OCC issued a final rule to strengthen and modernize the CRA 
regulations. Under the final rule, banks with assets of at least $2 billion as of December 31 in both of the prior two calendar 
years will be a "large bank". The agencies will evaluate large banks under four performance tests: the Retail Lending Test, 
the Retail Services and Products Test, the Community Development Financing Test, and the Community Development 
Services Test. The final rule was scheduled to take effect on April 1, 2024, and the applicability date for the majority of 
the provisions in the CRA regulations is January 1, 2026, and additional requirements will be applicable on January 1, 
2027. However, the rule is subject to legal challenges that have pushed back the implementation date and compliance 
deadlines. 
Bank Secrecy Act, USA PATRIOT Act, and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 
Esquire Bank is subject to federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing laws, including the Bank Secrecy 
Act (the “BSA”) and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and 
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), and those laws’ implementing regulations issued by the 
Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”). The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to 
address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance 
powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the 
BSA, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act implemented measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank 
regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies.  
Together, the BSA and USA PATRIOT Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, 
including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity 
Exchange Act. 
Among other things, of the BSA and the USA PATRIOT Act, and their implementing regulations require banks to: 
• 
Establish anti-money laundering compliance programs that include policies, procedures, and internal controls; 
the appointment of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; a training program; independent testing; and 
customer due diligence; 
• 
File certain reports with FinCEN and law enforcement that are designed to assist in the detection and prevention 
of money laundering and terrorist financing activities; 
• 
Establish programs specifying procedures for obtaining and maintaining certain records from customers seeking 
to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers; 
• 
In certain circumstances, comply with enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect 
and report money-laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity; 
• 
Monitor account activity for suspicious transactions; and 
• 
Conduct heightened level of review for certain high risk customers or accounts. 
The USA PATRIOT Act also includes prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and requires 
compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks. 
The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of compliance with the BSA and the USA 
PATRIOT Act, and of those institutions’ anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing compliance programs. 
Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-
compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness in 
combating money laundering activities for financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction. 
Esquire Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements. 

22 
Privacy and Cybersecurity Laws 
Esquire Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state privacy laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, 
sharing and use of customer information. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions 
offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy 
policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information 
with unaffiliated third parties. It also requires banks to safeguard personal information of consumer customers. Some state 
laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate security for such data. 
Regulation of the federal bank regulatory agencies require banking organizations to notify their primary federal 
regulator as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours of determining that a “computer-security incident” that rises to the 
level of a “notification incident,” as those terms are defined in the final rule, has occurred. A notification incident is a 
“computer-security incident” that has materially disrupted or degraded, or is reasonably likely to materially disrupt or 
degrade, the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, jeopardize the 
viability of key operations of the banking organization, or impact the stability of the financial sector. The regulations also 
require bank service providers to notify any affected bank to or on behalf of which the service provider provides services 
“as soon as possible” after determining that it has experienced an incident that materially disrupts or degrades, or is 
reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, covered services provided to such bank for four or more hours. 
On July 26, 2023, the SEC issued a final rule that requires registrants, such as the Company, to (i) report material 
cybersecurity incidents on Form 8-K, (ii) include updated disclosure in Forms 10-K and 10-Q of previously disclosed 
cybersecurity incidents and disclose previously undisclosed individually immaterial incidents when a determination is 
made that they have become material on an aggregated basis, (iii) disclose cybersecurity policies and procedures and 
governance practices, including at the board and management levels in Form 10-K, and (iv) disclose the board of directors’ 
cybersecurity expertise. Please see “Cybersecurity —  Cybersecurity Risk, Management and Strategy” for additional 
discussion. 
Payment Processing 
Esquire Bank is also subject to the rules of Visa, MasterCard and other payment networks in which it participates. If 
Esquire Bank fails to comply with such rules, the networks could impose fines or require us to stop providing payment 
processing for cards under such network’s brand or routed through such network. 
Other Regulations 
Esquire Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as: 
• 
The Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; 
• 
The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for 1 – 4 family real 
estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow 
account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services; 
• 
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public 
and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing 
needs of the community it serves; 
• 
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and other fair lending laws, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, 
religion, sex and other prohibited factors in extending credit; 
• 
The Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use of credit reports on consumers and the provision of information 
to credit reporting agencies; 

23 
• 
Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices laws and regulations; 
• 
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act; 
• 
The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected; and 
• 
The rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such 
federal laws. 
The operations of Esquire Bank are further subject to the: 
• 
The Truth in Savings Act, which specifies disclosure requirements with respect to deposit accounts; 
• 
The Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial 
records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; 
• 
The Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits 
to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated 
teller machines and other electronic banking services; and 
• 
The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such 
as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check. 
Holding Company Regulation 
The Company, as a bank holding company controlling Esquire Bank, is subject to regulation and supervision by the 
FRB under the BHCA. The Company is periodically inspected by and is required to submit reports to the FRB and is 
required to comply with the FRB’s rules and regulations. Among other things, the FRB has authority to restrict activities 
by a bank holding company that are deemed to pose a serious risk to its subsidiary banks. The FRB has historically imposed 
consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies structured similarly, but not identically, to those of 
the OCC for national banks. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the FRB to issue consolidated capital requirements for 
depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of 
capital, than those applicable to the depository institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding 
regulatory capital requirements implemented the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. The FRB 
exempts from the consolidated capital requirements bank holding companies that are below $3 billion in asset size, unless 
otherwise directed in specific cases. Consequently, the Company is not currently subject to the consolidated holding 
company capital requirements. 
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including 
depository institutions subsidiaries that are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to elect to become a “financial holding 
company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical 
bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.  The Company has 
elected to be a “financial holding company.” 
The policy of the FRB is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to 
its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source 
of strength policy. 
Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized 
subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an 
undercapitalized bank. If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement 
an accepted plan, the FRB may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying 
dividends or making any other capital distribution. 

24 
As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire more than 
5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all or substantially all, the 
assets of any additional bank or bank holding company. In evaluating an acquisition application, the FRB evaluates factors 
such as the financial condition, management resources and future prospects of the parties, the convenience and needs of 
the communities involved and competitive factors. In addition, bank holding companies may generally only engage in 
activities that are closely related to banking as determined by the FRB. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria 
may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities, which the 
Company has elected to do. 
FRB policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s 
net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is 
consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, FRB 
guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with FRB staff in 
advance of issuing a cash dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the FRB and should eliminate, 
defer or significantly reduce dividends if  (i) net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends 
previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention 
is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, 
or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy 
ratios. 
A bank holding company is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any repurchase or redemption of its 
outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for repurchase or redemption, when combined with the net 
consideration paid for all such repurchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more 
of the holding company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a repurchase or redemption if it 
determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or violate a law or regulation. Such notice 
and approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria. However, FRB guidance 
generally provides for bank holding company consultation with FRB staff prior to engaging in a repurchase or redemption 
of a bank holding company’s stock, regardless of whether a formal written notice is required. Moreover, FRB staff is 
interpreting the capital regulations as requiring a bank holding company to secure FRB approval prior to redeeming or 
repurchasing any capital stock that is included in regulatory capital. 
As a bank holding company, the above FRB requirements may restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends to 
stockholders or engage in repurchases or redemptions of its shares. 
Acquisition of Control of the Company.  Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a 
bank holding company such as the Company unless the FRB has been given prior written notice and has not issued a notice 
disapproving the proposed acquisition. In evaluating such notices, the FRB takes into consideration such factors as the 
financial resources, competence, experience and integrity of the acquirer, the future prospects of the bank holding company 
involved and its subsidiary bank and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under the Change in 
Bank Control Act, means ownership, control of power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting stock of an institution. 
Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption 
of control under the Change in Bank Control Act regulations under certain circumstances including where, as is the case 
with the Company, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
Federal Securities Laws 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc.’s common stock is registered with the SEC. Consequently, Esquire Financial 
Holdings, Inc. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of 
the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties 
for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy 

25 
and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed 
to comply with this Act and its implementing regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and 
systems to ensure continued compliance with this Act and its implementing regulations. 
Inflation Reduction Act 
The Inflation Reduction Act, which was signed into law on August 16, 2022, among other things, implements a new 
alternative minimum tax of 15% on corporations with profits in excess of $1 billion, a 1% excise tax on stock repurchases, 
and several tax incentives to promote clean energy and climate initiatives. These provisions were effective beginning 
January 1, 2023. 
Incentive Compensation 
In October 2022, the SEC adopted a final rule implementing the incentive-based compensation recovery (“clawback”) 
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule directs national securities exchanges and associations, including 
NASDAQ, to require listed companies to develop and implement clawback policies to recover erroneously awarded 
incentive-based compensation from current or former executive officers in the event of a required accounting restatement 
due to material non-compliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and to disclose their 
clawback policies and any actions taken under these policies. On June 9, 2023, the SEC approved the NASDAQ proposed 
clawback listing standards, including the amendments that delay the effective date of the rules to October 2, 2023. The 
Company’s board of directors has approved and maintains a clawback policy that complies with the NASDAQ clawback 
listing standards. A copy of the Company’s clawback policy is included by reference to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
ITEM 1A.   Risk Factors 
The material risks that management believes affect the Company are described below. You should carefully consider 
the risks as described below, together with all of the information included herein. The risks described below are not the 
only risks the Company faces. Additional risks not presently known also may have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s results of operations and financial condition. 
Risks Related to Our Lending Activities 
Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial loans, our credit risk may increase. 
At December 31, 2024, our commercial loans totaled $920.6 million, or 65.9% of our total loans, including 
$835.8 million of Commercial Litigation-Related Loans, which represented 90.8% of our commercial loans. We intend to 
increase our originations of commercial loans, including our Commercial Litigation-Related Loans, which consist of 
working capital lines of credit, case cost lines of credit, term loans to law firms, and other commercial litigation-related 
loans. These loans generally have more risk than 1 – 4 family mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by real estate. 
Since repayment of commercial loans, including our Commercial Litigation-Related Loans, depends on the successful 
receipt of settlement proceeds or the successful management and operation of the borrower’s businesses, repayment of 
such loans can be affected by adverse court decisions and adverse conditions in the local and national economy. 
Commercial Litigation-Related Loans present unique credit risks in that attorney or law firm revenues can be volatile 
depending on the number of cases, the timing of court decisions, the timing of the overall judicial process, and the timing 
of those settlements as well as related payments on those settlements. In our experience, an average case can take two to 
four years to litigate and settle. Determining the value of an attorney’s or law firm’s case inventory (borrowing base) is 
also inherently an imprecise exercise. Though repayment of case lines is not dependent on a favorable case settlement, 
unfavorable outcomes can ultimately impact the cash flows of the borrower. An adverse development with respect to one 
loan or one Commercial Litigation-Related Loan credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss 
compared to an adverse development with respect to a 1 – 4 family mortgage loan or a commercial real estate loan. Because 
we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, commercial loans generally have a larger average size as 
compared with other loans such as commercial real estate loans, and the collateral for commercial loans is generally less 
 
 

26 
readily-marketable, losses incurred on a small number of commercial loans could have a disproportionate and material 
adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of multifamily real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, 
which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans. 
At December 31, 2024, we had $355.2 million of multifamily loans and $87.0 million of commercial real estate loans. 
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans represented 31.7% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2024. 
Multifamily and commercial real estate loans are often larger and involve greater risks than other types of lending because 
payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business 
involved. Repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate 
market or the general business climate and economy. Accordingly, a downturn in the real estate market and a challenging 
business and economic environment may increase our risk related to multifamily and commercial real estate loans. Unlike 
1 – 4 family mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from their 
employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, 
multifamily and commercial real estate loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment 
from the cash flow of the commercial venture. If the cash flow from business operations is reduced, the borrower’s ability 
to repay the loan may be impaired. Due to the larger average size of each multifamily and commercial real estate loan as 
compared with other loans such as 1 – 4 family loans, as well as collateral that is generally less readily-marketable, losses 
incurred on a small number of multifamily and commercial real estate loans could have a material adverse impact on our 
financial condition and results of operations. 
We may increase our purchases or originations of consumer loans, and such loans generally carry greater risk than 
loans secured by owner-occupied, 1 – 4 family real estate, and these risks will increase as we continue to increase 
originations of these types of loans. 
At December 31, 2024, our consumer loans held for investment totaled $19.3 million, or 1.4% of our total loan 
portfolio, of which $2.7 million, or 14.0%, were post-settlement consumer loans. Consumer loan collections are dependent 
on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and are therefore more likely to be affected by adverse personal 
circumstances, such as a loss of employment or unexpected medical costs. While our Consumer Litigation-Related Loans, 
which consist of post-settlement consumer loans, are typically well secured by the settlement amount, we can still be 
exposed to the financial stability of the borrower as a result of unforeseen rulings or administrative legal anomalies with a 
particular borrower’s settlement that eliminate or greatly reduce their settlement amount. Furthermore, the application of 
various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit our ability to recover on such loans. 
As we increase our purchases or originations of consumer loans, it may become necessary to increase our provision for 
credit losses in the event our losses on these loans increase, which would reduce our profits. 
A substantial majority of our loans and operations are in New York, and therefore our business is particularly 
vulnerable to a downturn in the New York City economy. 
Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, a large portion of our business is 
concentrated primarily in the state of New York, and in New York City in particular. As of December 31, 2024, 44.8% of 
our loan portfolio was in New York and our loan portfolio had concentrations of 34.2% in New York City. If the local 
economy, and particularly the real estate market, declines, the rates of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures, bankruptcies 
and losses in our loan portfolio would likely increase. As a result of this lack of diversification in our loan portfolio, a 
downturn in the local economy generally and real estate market specifically could significantly reduce our profitability 
and growth and adversely affect our financial condition. 
If the allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual credit losses, earnings could decrease. 
Loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment 
of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may experience significant credit losses, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our operating results. Various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan 
portfolio are made, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as 

27 
collateral for the repayment of many loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, management 
reviews the loans and the loss and delinquency experience and evaluates economic conditions. At December 31, 2024, our 
allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans, net of unearned income, was 1.50%. The determination of the 
appropriate level of allowance is subject to judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks 
and trends, all of which are subject to material changes. If assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit 
losses may not cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the date of the financial statements. Significant 
additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income. We had one nonperforming multifamily loan totaling 
$10.9 million at December 31, 2024. Nonperforming loans may increase and nonperforming or delinquent loans may 
adversely affect future performance. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the allowance for credit 
losses and may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any significant 
increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Bank regulators periodically review our 
allowance for credit losses and may require an increase to the provision for credit losses or further loan charge-offs. Any 
increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. 
The estimation of expected credit losses under current US GAAP may create volatility in earnings as compared to 
previous models which may have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations. 
In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which replaced the current “incurred loss” model for recognizing 
credit losses with an “expected loss” model referred to as the CECL model. Under the CECL model, the Company is 
required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity 
debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on 
information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts 
that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement takes place at the time the financial asset is first 
entered into and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model previously required under 
current GAAP, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. The CECL model may create more 
volatility in the level of the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”). If the Company is required to materially increase its level 
of the ACL for any reason, such increase could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. 
 
Our loan portfolio is unseasoned. 
With a growing and generally unseasoned loan portfolio, our credit risk may continue to increase and our future 
performance could be adversely affected. While we believe we have underwriting standards designed to manage normal 
lending risks, it is difficult to assess the future performance of our loan portfolio due to the recent origination of many of 
these loans. As a result, it is difficult to predict whether any of our loans will become nonperforming or delinquent loans, 
or whether we will have any nonperforming or delinquent loans that will adversely affect our future performance. At 
December 31, 2024, the weighted average age of our loans was 7.64 years, 3.27 years, 3.16 years, 3.76 years and 
2.50 years for our 1 – 4 family loans, multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer 
loans, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the weighted average age of our loan portfolio was 3.62 years, however, the 
average customer relationship is of a longer term. 
We may not be able to adequately measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, which could 
adversely affect our profitability. 
As a part of the products and services that we offer, we make commercial, consumer and commercial real estate loans. 
The principal economic risk associated with each class of loans is the creditworthiness of the borrower, which is affected 
by the strength of the relevant business market segment, local market conditions, and general economic conditions. 
Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial loans include the quality of the management of the business 
and the borrower’s ability both to properly evaluate changes in the supply and demand characteristics affecting their market 
for products and services, and to effectively respond to those changes. Additional factors related to the credit quality of 
consumer loans, particularly consumer post-settlement loans, include the quality of the post-settlement claim and 
unforeseen court rulings or administrative legal anomalies which could impact the final settlement amount. Additional 

28 
factors related to the credit quality of commercial real estate loans include tenant vacancy rates and the quality of 
management of the property. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio 
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 
Our New York City multifamily loan portfolio could be adversely impacted by changes in legislation or regulation 
which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
 
On June 14, 2019, the New York State legislature passed the New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act 
of 2019. This legislation represents the most extensive reform of New York State’s rent laws in several decades and 
generally limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents on rent regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert 
rent regulated apartments to market rate apartments. As a result, the value of the collateral located in New York State 
securing the Company’s multifamily loans or the future net operating income of such properties could potentially become 
impaired which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
 
Risks Related to our Business 
We have experienced significant growth, which makes it difficult to forecast our revenue and evaluate our business 
and future prospects. 
From 2016 through 2024, we experienced significant growth following our initial public offering, a capital raise and 
the conversion from a savings and loan holding company with a savings bank subsidiary to a bank holding company with 
a national bank subsidiary. As a result of our recent accelerated growth, our ability to forecast our future results of 
operations and plan for and model future growth is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered 
and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the financial 
services industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. Accordingly, we may be unable to prepare accurate 
internal financial forecasts and our results of operations in future reporting periods may be below the expectations of 
investors. If we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our estimates 
and forecasts or the expectations of our stockholders, causing our business to suffer and our stock price to decline. 
A substantial portion of our business is dependent on the prospects of the legal industry and changes in the legal 
industry may adversely affect our growth and profitability. 
We depend on our relationships within the legal community and our products and services tailored to the legal industry 
account for a significant source of our revenue. As we intend to focus our growth on our Litigation-Related Loan products, 
changes in the legal industry, including a significant decrease in the number of litigation cases in the United States, reform 
of the tort industry that reduces the ability of plaintiffs to bring cases or reduces the damages plaintiffs can receive, or a 
significant increase in the unemployment rate for attorneys, could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse 
effect on our profitability, financial condition and growth of our business. 
A lack of liquidity could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 
Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. The Company relies on its ability to generate deposits and effectively 
manage the repayment of its liabilities to ensure that there is adequate liquidity to fund operations. An inability to raise 
funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale and maturities of loans and securities and other sources could have a 
substantial negative effect on liquidity. The Company’s most important source of funds is its deposits. Deposit balances 
can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk adjusted return, which are strongly 
influenced by such external factors as the direction of interest rates, local and national economic conditions and the 
availability and attractiveness of alternative investments. Further, the demand for deposits may be reduced due to a variety 
of factors such as current negative trends in the banking sector, the level of and/or composition of our uninsured deposits, 
demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, the monetary policy 
of the FRB or regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products. If customers move money out of 
bank deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, the Company would lose a relatively low-cost 
source of funds, which would increase its funding costs and reduce net interest income. Any changes made to the rates 
offered on deposits to remain competitive with other financial institutions may also adversely affect profitability and 

29 
liquidity. Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment 
securities and/or loans, brokered deposits, borrowings from the FHLB of New York and/or FRB discount window, and 
unsecured borrowings. The Company also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. 
The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize its activities, or on terms that are 
acceptable, could be impaired by factors that affect the Company directly or the financial services industry or economy in 
general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial 
services industry, a decrease in the level of the Company’s business activity as a result of a downturn in markets or by one 
or more adverse regulatory actions against the Company or the financial sector in general. Any decline in available funding 
could adversely impact the Company’s ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet expenses, or to fulfill obligations 
such as meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on its liquidity, business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 
The loss of our deposit clients or substantial reduction of our deposit balances could force us to fund our business with 
more expensive and less stable funding sources. 
As of December 31, 2024, approximately $463.9 million, or 28%, of our total Bank deposits of $1.64 billion, were 
not FDIC insured. This excludes $12.4 million of the Company’s deposits held by the Bank. We have traditionally obtained 
funds through deposits for use in lending and investment activities. The interest rates stated for borrowings typically exceed 
the interest rates paid on deposits. Deposit outflows can occur for a number of reasons, including; clients may seek 
investments with higher yields, clients with uninsured deposits may seek greater financial security during prolonged 
periods of volatile and unstable market conditions or clients may simply prefer to do business with our competitors, or for 
other reasons. If a significant portion of our deposits were withdrawn, we may need to rely more heavily on more expensive 
borrowings and other sources of funding to fund our business and meet withdrawal demands, adversely affecting our net 
interest margin. The occurrence of any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, results of 
operations or financial condition. 
The Bank has deposit accounts whose ownership is based on a fiduciary relationship, which management evaluates to 
identify an appropriate estimate of FDIC insurance coverage, and such estimates may underreport the amount of the 
Bank’s uninsured deposits. 
The Bank has deposit accounts whose ownership is based on a fiduciary relationship. The FDIC's regulations generally 
state that the titling of the deposit account (together with the underlying records) must indicate the existence of the fiduciary 
relationship in order for insurance coverage to be available on a "pass-through" basis. Fiduciary relationships include, but 
are not limited to, relationships involving a trustee, agent, nominee, guardian, executor, or custodian. A bank with fiduciary 
deposit accounts with balances of more than $250,000 must diligently use the available data on these deposit accounts, 
including data indicating the existence of different principal and income beneficiaries to determine its best estimate of the 
uninsured portion of these accounts. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately $979.0 million of law 
firm escrow (or trust) deposits that were evaluated by management to identify an appropriate estimate of FDIC insurance 
coverage that passes through each deposit account to the beneficial owner of the funds held in the account. To a lesser 
extent, the Bank maintains fiduciary accounts for our qualified settlement fund relationships as well as bankruptcy trustee 
relationships where management estimates are also employed to determine FDIC coverage.  Management’s uninsured 
balance estimate may understate the amount of the Bank’s uninsured deposits and may not reflect the assessment of the 
FDIC if the Bank is placed into receivership. Such understated amounts of uninsured deposits would result in less deposit 
insurance coverage available to our depositors and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations 
or financial condition.  
Reputational risk and social factors may impact our results and damage our brand. 
Our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the perceptions of borrower customers and deposit 
holders and other external perceptions of our products, services, trustworthiness, business practices, workplace culture, 
compliance practices or our financial health. In addition, our brand is very important to us. Maintaining and enhancing our 
brand depends largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality products and services. Adverse perceptions 
regarding our reputation could lead to difficulties in generating and maintaining customers as well as in financing their 
needs. In particular, negative public perceptions regarding our reputation, including negative perceptions regarding our 
ability to maintain the security of our technology systems and protect customer data or our compliance programs, could 

30 
lead to decreases in the levels of deposits that customers and potential customers choose to maintain with us or significantly 
increase the costs of attracting and retaining customers. Negative public opinion or damage to our brand could also result 
from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities or circumstances, including lending practices, regulatory 
compliance (including compliance with anti-money laundering statutes and regulations), security breaches (including the 
use and protection of customer data), corporate governance, resolution of conflicts of interest and ethical issues, sales and 
marketing, and from actions taken by regulators or other persons in response to such conduct. Such conduct could fall 
short of our customers' and the public's heightened expectations of financial institutions with rigorous privacy, data 
protection, data security and compliance practices, and could further harm our reputation. In addition, third parties with 
whom we have relationships may take actions over which we have limited control that could negatively impact perceptions 
about us or the financial services industry. The proliferation of social media may increase the likelihood that negative 
information about the Bank, whether or not the information is accurate, could impact our reputation and business. Once 
information has spread through social media, it can be difficult to address it effectively, either by correcting inaccuracies 
or communicating remedial steps taken to address actual issues. 
We may incur losses related to our exposure to NFL consumer post-settlement loans through our equity method 
investment in a third party sponsored variable interest entity. 
On April 1, 2022, the Company finalized the sale of its legacy NFL consumer post settlement loan portfolio to a third 
party sponsored entity (or “Fund”) in exchange for a nonvoting economic interest in the Fund as the loan portfolio’s 
duration has extended over several years as a result of revisions to various claims administration protocols, the ongoing 
effects of the pandemic, revisions to qualifying physician requirements and the controversial use of race-based norms on 
former NFL players’ concussion claims.  The following summarizes the chronology of related events and its impact to our 
risk: 
On December 10, 2018, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (the “Court”) 
appointed a special investigator in the NFL Concussion Injury Litigation (Case No. 12-md-2323) to ensure the integrity 
of the NFL Concussion Settlement Program, the efficient processing of valid claims, and impose appropriate sanctions if 
wrongdoing is found in response to allegations of fraudulent claims. Additionally, on May 8, 2019, the Court modified the 
rules regarding qualifying physicians by limiting NFL claimants to utilizing doctors in their immediate area (a range of 
150 miles from the claimant’s home address). We believe that these Court rulings, including other administrative processes 
enacted by the claims administrator, have extended the duration of the Fund’s assets which may increase its credit risk and 
our risk of loss of our investment. Although we have not encountered any such fraud at this time within our portfolio, if it 
is determined that any of the Fund’s NFL loan borrowers or others committed fraud when filing their application to the 
NFL Concussion Settlement Program or to Esquire Bank as originator for the related loan, we may experience a loss on 
our investment, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results. Specifically, the uncertainty related to our 
borrowers’ (“claimants”) access to qualified testing, doctors, their attorneys and other administrative support, has 
introduced incremental duration risk which may further extend the settlement of claims and payoff of the NFL loans 
beyond the contractual maturity. Moreover, in August 2020, certain former NFL players filed lawsuits with the Court 
challenging the use of “race norming” to systematically disfavor Black players who submitted claims in the NFL 
Concussion Settlement Program. In general, the lawsuits alleged that “race-norming” was being used in the claims 
administration process to artificially reduce estimates of Black players’ pre-concussion cognitive functioning levels 
thereby concluding that Black players suffered lesser impairments from their concussions than their medical diagnoses 
and tests otherwise indicated.  As a result, the plaintiffs allege that Black claimants were determined not to qualify for 
settlement payments despite sustaining incapacitating injuries comparable to their white counterparts. In March 2021, the 
Court dismissed one of the lawsuits on procedural grounds. On June 2, 2021, the NFL and class counsel voluntarily 
pledged to abandon “race-norming” in the assessment of all settlement claims both prospectively and retrospectively. On 
October 23, 2021, there was further agreement that no race norms or race demographic estimates shall be used in the 
settlement program going forward and the NFL will not be able to appeal to settlement administrators to require race norms 
be applied. On March 4, 2022, the Court formally approved an agreement to eliminate any consideration of race in the 
Settlement Program and modified the neuropsychological testing protocol. Overall, we believe this may represent a 
positive development for NFL claimants but may again further extend the NFL portfolio duration as the claim settlement 
process is re-calibrated and new claims protocols are developed for retrospective and prospective claims. If the processing 
of claims for the Fund’s loan portfolio continues to extend beyond our maturity for these loans due to the aforementioned 
fraud, revisions to qualifying physician requirements, revised protocols due to “race-norming” claims, or the additional 

31 
administrative processes, portfolio delinquencies, credit downgrades and further losses as the result of possible charge-
offs of these loans could occur or increase in the future, which would negatively impact our investment. As of 
December 31, 2024, the carrying amount of our investment in the Fund and our total exposure is $9.4 million, with a 
remaining life of 4.3 years. 
As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in 
numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions. 
Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing 
money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic 
conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and 
investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and 
long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and 
investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries could affect the stability of global 
financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, 
fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for 
mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, 1 – 4 family and commercial real 
estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, 
and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business is also significantly affected by 
monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are 
influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Inflation could also negatively 
impact us through rising costs and interest rates. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such 
conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 
Interruption of our customers’ supply chains and federal funding could negatively impact their business and 
operations and impact their ability to repay their loans. 
Any material interruption in our customers’ supply chains, such as a material interruption of the resources required to 
conduct their business, such as those resulting from interruptions in service by third-party providers, trade restrictions, 
such as increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes or customs restrictions, reductions in federal subsidies or grants, social or 
labor unrest, natural disasters, epidemics or pandemics or political disputes and military conflicts, that cause a material 
disruption in our customers’ supply chains, could have a negative impact on their business and ability to repay their 
borrowings with us. In the event of disruptions in our customers’ supply chains, the labor and materials they rely on in the 
ordinary course of business may not be available at reasonable rates or at all. Additionally, changes in distribution of 
federal funds or freezing of federal funds, including reductions in federal workforce causing unemployment, could have 
an adverse effect on the ability of consumers and businesses to pay debts and/or affect the demand for loans and deposits. 
We may not be able to grow, and if we do we may have difficulty managing that growth. 
Our business strategy is to continue to grow our assets and expand our operations, including through potential strategic 
acquisitions. Our ability to grow depends, in part, upon our ability to expand our market share, successfully attract core 
deposits, and to identify loan and investment opportunities as well as opportunities to generate fee-based income. We can 
provide no assurance that we will be successful in increasing the volume of our loans and deposits at acceptable levels and 
upon terms acceptable to us. We also can provide no assurance that we will be successful in expanding our operations 
organically or through strategic acquisition while managing the costs and implementation risks associated with this growth 
strategy. We expect to continue to experience growth in the number of our employees and customers and the scope of our 
operations. Our success will depend upon the ability of our officers and key employees to continue to implement and 
improve our operational and other systems, to manage multiple, concurrent customer relationships, and to hire, train and 
manage our employees. In the event that we are unable to perform all these tasks and meet these challenges effectively, 
including continuing to attract core deposits, our operations, and consequently our earnings, could be adversely impacted. 

32 
Our ten largest deposit clients account for 25.9% of our total deposits. 
As of December 31, 2024, our ten largest bank depositors accounted for, in the aggregate, 25.9% of our total deposits. 
As a result, a material decrease in the volume of those deposits by a relatively small number of our depositors could reduce 
our liquidity, in which event it could become necessary for us to replace those deposits with higher-cost deposits or FHLB 
borrowings, which would adversely affect our net interest income and, therefore, our results of operations. 
Risks Related to Market Interest Rates 
Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and 
results of operations. 
The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most 
financial institutions, our earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent upon the level of our net interest income, or the 
difference between the interest income we earn on loans, investments and other interest earning assets, and the interest we 
pay on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our 
net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market 
interest rate changes. When interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest 
earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning 
assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could 
reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for 
loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates 
may affect us through, among other things, increased prepayments on our loan portfolio and increased competition for 
deposits. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect our net yield on interest earning assets, loan 
origination volume and our overall results. Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and 
mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside 
of our control, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the 
money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. 
Risks Related to Operations 
Inflation can have an adverse impact on our business and on our customers. 
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation 
decreases the value of money. As discussed above under “Risks Related to Market Interest Rates – Interest rate shifts may 
reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations,” as inflation 
increases and market interest rates rise the value of our investment securities, particularly those with longer maturities, 
would decrease, although this effect can be less pronounced for floating rate instruments. In addition, inflation generally 
increases the cost of goods and services we use in our business operations, such as electricity and other utilities, which 
increases our non-interest expenses. Furthermore, our customers are also affected by inflation and the rising costs of goods 
and services used in their households and businesses, which could have a negative impact on their ability to repay their 
loans with us. Sustained higher interest rates by the FRB to tame persistent inflationary price pressures could also push 
down asset prices and weaken economic activity. A deterioration in economic conditions in the United States and our 
markets could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values 
and a decrease in demand for our products and services, all of which, in turn, would adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 
 
We are exposed to the risks of natural disasters and global market disruptions.  
We handle a substantial volume of customer and other financial transactions every day. Our financial, accounting, 
data processing, check processing, electronic funds transfer, loan processing, online and mobile banking, automated teller 
machines, backup or other operating or security systems and infrastructure may fail to operate properly or become disabled 
or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. This could 
adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide these services. There could be a sudden change in 

33 
customer transaction volume, electrical, telecommunications or other major physical infrastructure outages, natural 
disasters, events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts, pandemics, and cyber- 
attacks. We continuously update these systems to support our operations and growth. This updating entails significant 
costs and creates risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Operational 
risk exposures could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, and cause reputational 
harm. Additionally, global markets may be adversely affected by natural disasters, inflation, the emergence of widespread 
health emergencies or pandemics, cyber-attacks or campaigns, military conflict, including the war in Ukraine, terrorism 
or other geopolitical events. Global market disruptions may affect our business liquidity. Also, any sudden or prolonged 
market downturn in the United States or abroad, as a result of the above factors or otherwise could result in a decline in 
revenue and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including capital and liquidity levels. 
We rely heavily on our management team and our business could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of one 
or more of our officers. 
We are led by a management team with substantial experience in the markets that we serve and the financial products 
that we offer. Our operating strategy focuses on providing products and services through long-term relationship managers. 
Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the performance of our key officers, as well as on our ability to attract, 
motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management. Competition for employees is intense, and the process 
of identifying key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be 
lengthy. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of 
our officers could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market and 
financial products, years of industry experience, long-term business and customer relationships and the difficulty of finding 
qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we 
may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, which could have an adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data 
processing system failures and errors. 
Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions 
and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, 
improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always 
possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may 
not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence. We maintain a system 
of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures 
and errors and customer or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting 
loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 
The Company’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented. 
 
Our management and board review and update the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure 
controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well 
designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances 
that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure to follow or circumvention of these controls, policies and procedures 
could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 
 
We face risks related to our operational, technological and organizational infrastructure. 
Our ability to grow and compete is dependent on our ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and 
technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure as we expand. Similar to other large corporations, 
operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled 
computer systems, fraud by employees or outside persons and exposure to external events. As discussed below, we are 
dependent on our operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. In addition, we are heavily dependent on the 

34 
strength and capability of our technology systems which we use both to interface with our customers and to manage our 
internal financial and other systems. Our ability to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of our existing 
customers and attract new ones depends on the functionality of our technology systems. Additionally, our ability to run 
our business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations is dependent on these infrastructures. We continuously 
monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it will 
be cost effective to do so. In some instances, we may build and maintain these capabilities ourselves. We also outsource 
some of these functions to third parties. Specifically, we depend on third parties to provide our core systems processing, 
essential web hosting and other internet systems, deposit processing and other processing services. In connection with our 
payment processing business, we (and our ISOs) rely on various third parties to provide processing and clearing and 
settlement services to us in connection with card transactions. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties, 
fail to comply with banking regulations or terminate their services and we are unable to replace them with other service 
providers, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if we are able 
to replace them, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. We also face risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third party providers of 
such platforms into its existing businesses. 
A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our 
businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause 
financial losses. 
Our business, and in particular, our payment processing business, is partially dependent on our ability to process and 
monitor, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse 
markets. These transactions, as well as the information technology services we provide to clients, often must adhere to 
client-specific guidelines, as well as legal and regulatory standards. Due to the breadth of our client base and our 
geographical reach, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure is challenging, particularly as 
a result of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory requirements and technological shifts. Our financial, accounting, data 
processing or other operating systems and facilities, and, as discussed above, those the third-party service providers upon 
which we depend, may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond 
our control, such as a spike in transaction volume, cyber-attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which may 
adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide services. 
The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-
related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other sensitive business 
and consumer information on our computer systems and networks, as well as those of our ISOs and processors. Under the 
card network rules and various federal and state laws, we are responsible for safeguarding such information. Although we 
take protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information across all geographic and 
product lines, and endeavor to modify these protective measures as circumstances warrant, the nature of the threats 
continues to evolve. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks are vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss 
or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer 
viruses or other malicious code, cyber-attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact. Despite the 
defensive measures we take to manage our internal technological and operational infrastructure, these threats have in the 
past and may in the future originate externally from third parties such as foreign governments, organized crime and other 
hackers, and outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from 
within our organization. Given the increasingly high volume of our transactions, certain errors may be repeated or 
compounded before they can be discovered and rectified. In addition, security breaches or failures could result in the bank 
incurring liability to ISOs, members of the card network and card issuers in relation to our payment processing business. 
In particular, information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on the 
networks and systems of us, our customers and certain of our third-party partners, such as our online banking or reporting 
systems, ISO’s customers and merchants who are part of our payment processing business. The secure maintenance and 
transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect 

35 
us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our clients’ confidence. Breaches of information 
security also may occur, and in infrequent cases have occurred, through intentional or unintentional acts by those having 
access or gaining access to our systems or our customers’ or counterparties’ confidential information, including employees. 
In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, 
vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result 
in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to 
protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our customers to access 
our systems. We cannot be certain that the security measures we or our ISOs or processors have in place to protect this 
sensitive data will be successful or sufficient to protect against all current and emerging threats designed to breach our 
systems or those of our ISOs or processors. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes 
that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and periodically test our security, a breach of 
our systems, or those of our ISOs or processors, could result in losses to us or our customers; loss of business and/or 
customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses (including the cost of notification to consumers, 
credit monitoring and forensics, and fees and fines imposed by the card networks); disruption to our business; our inability 
to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil 
litigation and possible financial liability — any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 
If our risk management framework is not effective at mitigating risk and loss to us, we could suffer unexpected losses 
and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 
Our risk management framework seeks to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return, which is critical to 
optimizing stockholder value. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report 
and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance and 
reputational. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management 
strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. If our 
risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and our business and results of 
operations could be materially adversely affected. 
Risks Related to Competitive Matters 
We operate in a highly competitive industry and face significant competition from other financial institutions and 
financial services providers, which may decrease our growth or profits. 
Consumer and commercial banking as well as payment processing are highly competitive industries. Our market area 
contains not only a large number of community and regional banks, but also a significant presence of the country’s largest 
commercial banks. We compete with other state and national financial institutions, as well as savings and loan associations, 
savings banks, and credit unions, for deposits and loans. In addition, we compete with financial intermediaries, such as 
consumer finance companies, specialty finance companies, commercial finance companies, mortgage banking companies, 
insurance companies, securities firms, mutual funds, and several government agencies, as well as major retailers, all 
actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services, including payment processing. 
Competition for Litigation-Related Loans is derived primarily from a small number of nationally-oriented financial 
companies that specialize in this market as well as local community banks. Some of these companies are focused 
exclusively on loans to law firms, while others offer loans to plaintiffs as well. We also face significant competition from 
many larger institutions, including large commercial banks and third party processors that operate in the payment 
processing business, and our ability to grow that portion of our business depends on us being able to continue to attract 
and retain ISOs and merchants. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations nationally as 
well as in our market area and greater ties to businesses or the legal community and more expansive banking relationships, 
as well as more established depositor bases, fewer regulatory constraints, and lower cost structures than we do. Competitors 
with greater resources may possess an advantage through their ability to maintain numerous banking locations in more 
convenient sites, to conduct more extensive promotional and advertising campaigns, or to operate a more developed 
technology platform. Due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services, as well as 
better pricing for certain products and services than we can offer. For example, competitors with lower costs of capital 
may solicit our customers to refinance their loans with a lower interest rate. Further, increased competition among financial 

36 
services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect our 
ability to market our products and services. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks and 
specifically finance companies to compete in our market area and for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally 
provided by banks. 
The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, and 
technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the 
umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, 
securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and payment processing. Our ability to compete 
successfully depends on a number of factors, including: (i) our ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term 
customer relationships based on quality service and high ethical standards; (ii) our ability to attract and retain qualified 
employees to operate our business effectively; (iii) our ability to expand our market position; (iv) the scope, relevance, 
and pricing of products and services that we offer to meet customer needs and demands; (v) the rate at which we introduce 
new products and services relative to our competitors; (vi) customer satisfaction with our level of service; and (vii) industry 
and general economic trends. Failure to perform in any of these areas could weaken our competitive position, which could 
adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could harm our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations. 
Risks Related to our Payment Processing Business 
Our merchants or ISOs may be unable to satisfy obligations for which we may ultimately be liable. 
We are subject to the risk of our merchants or ISOs being unable to satisfy obligations for which we may ultimately 
be liable. If we are unable to collect amounts due from a merchant or ISO because of insolvency or other reasons, we may 
bear the loss for those full amounts. We manage our credit risk and attempt to mitigate our risk by obtaining cash reserves, 
both from merchants and ISOs, and through other contractual remedies. It is possible, however, that a default on such 
obligations by one or more of our ISOs or merchants, could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Fraud by merchants or others could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. 
We may be subject to liability for fraudulent transactions initiated by merchants or others. Examples of such fraud 
include when a merchant or other party knowingly uses a stolen or counterfeit card to make a transaction, or if a merchant 
intentionally fails to deliver the merchandise or services sold in an otherwise valid transaction. Criminals are using 
increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as counterfeiting and fraud. Effective April 1, 2025, 
Visa will consolidate its Visa Dispute Monitoring Program and Visa Fraud Monitoring Program into a new program called 
Visa Acquiring Monitoring Program (“VAMP”) with the goal of ensuring the integrity of the Visa payment system by 
monitoring transaction activities to detect and prevent fraudulent behavior. It is possible that incidents of fraud could 
increase in the future. Failure to effectively manage risk and prevent fraud, including compliance with VAMP, would 
increase our chargeback liability or other liability including, but not limited to, potential VAMP fines. Increases in 
chargebacks or other liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations. 
Changes in card network rules, standards or fees could adversely affect our business or operations. 
In order to provide our payment processing services, we are members of the Visa and MasterCard networks. As such, 
we are subject to card network rules that could subject us or our ISOs and merchants to a variety of fines or penalties that 
may be assessed on us, our ISOs, and our merchants. The termination of our membership, or the revocation of registration 
of any of our ISOs, or any changes in card network rules or standards could increase the cost of operating our payment 
processor business or limit our ability to provide payment processing to or through our customers, and could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the card networks 
increase the fees that they charge to acquirers and we charge to our merchants. It is possible that competitive pressures 
will result in us absorbing a portion of such increases in the future, which would increase our costs, reduce our profit 

37 
margin and adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, the card networks require certain capital 
requirements. An increase in the required capital level would further limit our use of capital for other purposes. 
Risks Related to Laws and Regulation and Their Enforcement 
As a bank holding company, the sources of funds available to us are limited. 
Any future constraints on liquidity at the holding company level could impair our ability to declare and pay dividends 
or repurchase our common stock. In some instances, notice to, or approval from, the FRB may be required prior to our 
declaration or payment of dividends or repurchase of common stock. Further, our operations are primarily conducted by 
our subsidiary, Esquire Bank, which is subject to significant regulation. Federal banking laws restrict the payment of 
dividends by banks to their holding companies, and Esquire Bank will be subject to these restrictions in paying dividends 
to us. Because our ability to receive dividends or loans from Esquire Bank is restricted, our ability to pay dividends to our 
stockholders and repurchase our common stock is also restricted. Additionally, the right of a bank holding company to 
participate in the assets of its subsidiary bank in the event of a bank-level liquidation or reorganization is subject to the 
claims of the bank’s creditors, including depositors, which take priority, except to the extent that the holding company 
may be a creditor with a recognized claim. 
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly 
regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive 
compensation and accounting principles, or changes in any of them. 
As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by 
various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not 
intended to protect our stockholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the 
DIF and the overall financial stability of the U.S. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum 
capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or 
distributions that Esquire Bank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, and impose certain 
specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings 
or reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with these laws and 
regulations is difficult and costly, and changes to these laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. 
Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference 
in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could 
adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and 
regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive. Likewise, the Company operates in an environment that 
imposes income taxes on its operations at both the federal and state levels to varying degrees. Strategies and operating 
routines have been implemented to minimize the impact of these taxes. Consequently, any change in tax legislation could 
significantly alter the effectiveness of these strategies. The net deferred tax asset reported on the Company’s balance sheet 
generally represents the tax benefit of future deductions from taxable income for items that have already been recognized 
for financial reporting purposes. The bulk of these deferred tax assets consists of deferred credit loss deductions and 
deferred compensation deductions. The net deferred tax asset is measured by applying currently-enacted income tax rates 
to the accounting period during which the tax benefit is expected to be realized. 
Federal regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination 
findings. 
The FRB, the OCC and the FDIC, periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and 
regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, 
capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had 
become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial 
actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require 
affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that 
can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties 
against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be 

38 
corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership 
or conservatorship. If we become subject to any regulatory actions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. 
We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could 
lead to material penalties. 
The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair 
lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. A successful 
challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety 
of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of 
restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the 
ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. 
The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have an adverse effect 
on our results of operations. 
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of 
the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the money supply and credit environment. Among the instruments 
used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. Government securities, 
adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks’ reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are 
used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments 
and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The FRB’s policies determine in 
large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which 
affect our net interest margin. Its policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may 
fail to repay their loans. The monetary policies and regulations of the FRB have had a significant effect on the overall 
economy and the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. 
Additionally, Congress and the administration through executive orders controls fiscal policy through decisions on 
taxation and expenditures.  Depending on the industries and markets involved, changes to tax law and increased or reduced 
public expenditures could affect us directly or the business operations of our customers.   
Changes in FRB and other governmental policies, fiscal policy, and our regulatory environment generally are beyond 
our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money 
laundering statutes and regulations. 
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other 
duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and to file reports such as suspicious activity 
reports and currency transaction reports. We are required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering 
requirements. The federal banking agencies and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose 
significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated 
enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug 
Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with 
the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, 
we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to 
pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, 
including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and 
terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. 

39 
We could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions and other third parties we rely on. 
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We 
have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in 
the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional 
customers. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In 
addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when our collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not 
sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Furthermore, successful operation of our 
payment processing business depends on the soundness of ISOs, third party processors, payment facilitators, clearing 
agents and others that we rely on to conduct our payment processing business. Any losses resulting from such third parties 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Risks Related to Accounting Matters 
Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements. 
From time to time, the FASB or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the 
preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and 
reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards may change their interpretations or 
positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict, and 
can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could 
be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also 
retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements. 
Our accounting estimates rely on analytics, models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict events. 
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results 
of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and 
methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our 
financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two 
or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting 
materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative. Certain accounting policies are 
critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, 
subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under 
different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. Management considers the accounting policy relating to 
the allowance for credit losses to be a critical accounting policy. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these 
matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for credit losses or 
sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided. These could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition or results of operations.  
Risks Related to Our Common Stock 
The Company’s stock price can be volatile. 
The Company’s stock price can fluctuate in response to a variety of factors, some of which are not under our control. 
The factors that could cause the Company’s stock price to decrease include, but are not limited to: (i) our past and future 
dividend practice; (ii) our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects; (iii) variations in our operating 
results or the quality of our assets; (iv) operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts 
and investors; (v) changes in expectations as to our future financial performance; (vi) changes in financial markets related 
to market valuations of financial industry companies; (vii) current or future financial institutional illiquidity and/or seizures 
by federal regulators; (viii) the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are 
comparable to us; (ix) future sales of our equity or equity-related securities; (x) the credit, mortgage and housing markets, 
the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and developments with respect to financial institutions 
generally; and (xi) changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as 

40 
interest or foreign exchange rates, inflation, recessionary conditions, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility 
and other geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events. 
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders. 
Certain provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as federal banking laws, regulatory 
approval requirements, and Maryland law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if 
doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s stockholders. 
ITEM 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments 
None. 
ITEM 1C.   Cybersecurity 
Cybersecurity Risk, Management and Strategy 
 
Cybersecurity is a significant and integrated component of the Company’s risk management strategy, designed to 
protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of sensitive information contained within the Company’s information 
systems. As a financial services company, cybersecurity threats are present and growing, and the potential exists for a 
cybersecurity incident to disrupt business operations, compromise sensitive data or both. To date, the Company has not, 
to its knowledge, experienced an incident materially affecting or reasonably likely to materially affect the Company. 
 
To prepare and respond to incidents, the Company has implemented a multi-layered “defense-in-depth” cybersecurity 
strategy, integrating people, technology, and processes. This strategy includes employee training, innovative technologies, 
and policies and procedures in the areas of information security, data governance, business continuity and disaster 
recovery, privacy, third-party risk management, and incident response. 
 
The Company leverages a variety of industry frameworks and regulatory guidance to develop and maintain its 
information systems and cybersecurity program, including but not limited to Interagency Guidelines Establishing 
Information Security Standards, Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) Information Technology 
Examination Handbook (with particular emphasis on the FFIEC’s Information Security and Business Continuity 
Management Handbooks), FFIEC Cybersecurity Assessment Tool, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) 501(b), and the 
Center for Internet Security (“CIS”) Critical Controls Framework. In addition, the program leverages certain, third-party 
benchmarking, audits, and third-party threat intelligence sources to facilitate and enhance the effectiveness of the program. 
 
Core activities supporting the Company’s strategy include cybersecurity training, technology optimization, threat 
intelligence, vulnerability and patch management and the testing of incident response, business continuity and disaster 
recovery capabilities. 
 
Employees play a significant role in the defense against cybersecurity threats. Every employee is responsible for 
protecting the Company and client information. Accordingly, employees complete formal training and acknowledge 
security policies annually. In addition, employees are subjected to regular simulated phishing assessments, designed to 
sharpen threat detection and reporting capabilities. 
 
Employees are supported with solutions designed to identify, prevent, detect, respond to, and recover from incidents. 
Notable technologies include firewalls, intrusion detection systems, security automation and response capabilities, user 
behavior analytics, multi-factor authentication, data backups stored at off-site locations and business continuity 
applications. Notable services include 24/7 security monitoring and response, continuous vulnerability scanning, third-
party monitoring, and threat intelligence. 
 
Like many other companies, the Company relies on third-party vendor solutions to support its operations, and these 
third-party vendors continue to be a source of operational and informational risk. Accordingly, the Company utilizes a 

41 
third-party risk management program, which includes a detailed onboarding process and periodic reviews of vendors with 
access to sensitive company data. 
 
As indicated above, supporting the operations are incident response, business continuity, and disaster recovery 
programs. These programs identify and assess threats and evaluate risk. Further, these programs support a coordinated 
response when responding to incidents. Periodic exercises and tests verify these programs’ effectiveness. 
 
Validating solution and program effectiveness in relation to regulatory compliance and industry standards is 
important. As such, the Company engages third-party consultants and independent auditors to conduct penetration tests, 
cybersecurity risk assessments, external audits, and program development and enhancement where applicable. 
 
Cybersecurity Governance 
 
Management Oversight.  The Chief Technology Officer oversees the Information Technology Department which, 
among other things, is responsible for identifying, assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats and 
has more than thirty years of experience in the information technology field. The Chief Technology Officer is a member 
of various management committees and participates in Board of Directors’ meetings as well as Audit Committee meetings 
where the overall status of information technology and security is discussed including the related policies and risk 
assessments. Any material findings related to the risk assessment, risk management and control decisions, service provider 
arrangements, results of testing, security breaches or violations are discussed as are management’s responses and any 
recommendations for policy and program enhancements. 
 
Further, the Chief Technology Officer is a member of the Compliance Committee chaired by the Chief Compliance 
Officer, which consists of members of senior and executive management, as is it charged with maintaining Bank-wide 
compliance with relevant statutes, regulations, and interpretations as well as consumer protection.  
 
Board Oversight.  The Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing the overall policies and practices for risk 
management, including delegation of oversight for particular areas of risk to the appropriate subcommittees. Collectively, 
the Board of Directors and its subcommittees are responsible for discussing with management major financial risk 
exposures as well as significant operational, compliance, reputational, strategic and cybersecurity risks, and the steps 
management has taken to monitor and manage such exposures to be within the Company’s risk tolerance. 
 
ITEM 2.    Properties 
At December 31, 2024, we conducted business through our corporate headquarters and full service branch in Jericho, 
New York (Nassau County) and one administrative office in Boca Raton, Florida. In 2024, our lease commenced on our 
Los Angeles, California location which we intend to operate as a full service branch planned to open in 2025. All the 
current locations are leased properties. At December 31, 2024, the total net book value of our leasehold improvements, 
furniture, fixtures and equipment was approximately $2.4 million. 
ITEM 3.    Legal Proceedings 
Periodically, we are involved in claims and lawsuits, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on 
properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other 
issues incident to our business. At December 31, 2024, we are not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe 
would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 
ITEM 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 
Not applicable. 
 
 

42 
PART II 
ITEM 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ESQ”. The approximate 
number of holders of record of Esquire Financial Holding, Inc.’s common stock as of March 1, 2025 was 5,470. The 
Company’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on June 27, 2017. 
In 2022, we initiated a regular quarterly dividend on our common stock. Any determination to pay cash dividends on 
our common stock is made by our board of directors and depends on a number of factors, including: 
• 
our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations; 
• 
our capital levels and requirements; 
• 
statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations; 
• 
any contractual restriction on our ability to pay cash dividends, including pursuant to the terms of any of our 
credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements; 
• 
our business strategy; 
• 
tax considerations; 
• 
any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine; 
• 
general economic conditions; and 
• 
other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. 
The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2024 relating to equity compensation plans of the 
Company pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock awards or other rights to acquire shares may be granted 
from time to time. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     
 
     
Number of securities 
 
 Number of securities  
 
 
remaining available for 
 
 
to be issued upon  
Weighted-average  
future issuance under 
 
 
exercise of 
 
exercise price of  
equity compensation 
 
 
outstanding options,  outstanding options, plans (excluding securities
 
 
warrants and rights  
warrants and rights 
reflected in column (a)) 
Plan Category 
    
(a) 
     
(b) 
     
(c) 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security 
Holders 
  
 559,308  $ 
 24.72   
 476,571 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security 
Holders 
  
 —    
 —   
 — 
Total Equity Compensation Plans 
  
 559,308  $ 
 24.72   
 476,571 
 
 
 

43 
The following table presents information regarding purchase of our common stock during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2024 and the stock repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period 
     
Total number of 
shares purchased     
Average price 
paid per 
share 
     
Total number of shares 
purchased as part of 
publicly announced 
plans or programs 
     
Maximum 
number of 
shares that 
may yet be 
purchased 
under the 
plans or 
programs (1) 
October 1, 2024 through October 31, 2024 
 
 —  $ 
 —  
 —  
 257,694 
November 1, 2024 through November 30, 2024 
 
 —   
 —  
 —  
 257,694 
December 1, 2024 through December 31, 2024 
 
 —   
 —  
 —  
 257,694 
 
(1) On January 9, 2019, the Company announced a share repurchase program, which authorized the purchase of up 
to 300,000 shares of common stock. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase program. 
Participants in the Company’s stock-based incentive plans may have shares withheld to cover income taxes upon the 
vesting of restricted stock awards pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and not under the Company’s share 
repurchase program. Shares repurchased pursuant to these plans during the three months ended December 31, 2024 were 
as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period 
     
Total number of 
shares purchased      
Average price paid 
per share 
October 1, 2024 through October 31, 2024 
 
 —  $ 
 — 
November 1, 2024 through November 30, 2024 
 
 —   
 — 
December 1, 2024 through December 31, 2024 
 
 39,502   
 79.01 
 
Participants in the Company’s stock-based incentive plans may also net settle shares in order to facilitate the exercise 
of stock options which is considered a cashless option exercise resulting in a net issuance of shares to the participant with 
no change in treasury stock. 
ITEM 6.    [Reserved] 
 
 
 

44 
ITEM 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
This discussion and analysis reflects our financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to 
enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been 
derived from the financial statements, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. You should read the information in 
this section in conjunction with the other business and financial information provided in this annual report. 
Overview 
We are a financial holding company headquartered in Jericho, New York and registered under the BHC Act. Through 
our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Esquire Bank, National Association, we are a full service commercial bank dedicated 
to serving the financial needs of the legal and small business communities on a national basis, as well as commercial and 
retail customers in the New York metropolitan market. We offer tailored products and solutions to the legal community 
and their clients as well as dynamic and flexible payment processing solutions to small business owners, both on a national 
basis. We also offer traditional banking products for businesses and consumers in our local market area. 
Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income which is the difference between the interest 
income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of 
operations also are affected by our provisions for credit losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense. Noninterest 
income currently consists primarily of payment processing income, ASP fee income and customer related fees and charges. 
Noninterest expense currently consists primarily of employee compensation and benefits, data processing costs, occupancy 
and equipment costs and professional and consulting services. Our results of operations also may be affected significantly 
by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies, the 
litigation market and actions of regulatory authorities. 
The Company’s foundation for success has been our nationwide branchless litigation and payment processing verticals 
supported by our forward-thinking senior managers, outstanding client service teams, and inclusive corporate culture. The 
future of our success will be the ability to continue developing and embracing cutting-edge technology to significantly 
leverage these verticals, differentiating us from other technology enabled financial firms and creating the catalyst for 
industry leading growth and returns. 
Critical Accounting Estimates 
A summary of our accounting policies is described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in 
this annual report. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and 
procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving 
significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain 
assets or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes that the most critical accounting 
policies, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows: 
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Held for Investment.  Management considers the accounting policy relating 
to the allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment to be a critical accounting policy given the inherent 
subjectivity and uncertainty in estimating the levels of the allowance required to cover credit losses in the portfolio and 
the material effect that such judgments can have on the results of operations. See Note 1 “Business and Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies” for discussion of our allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment policy. 
On January 1, 2023, we adopted the CECL Standard. The Company is required under the CECL Standard to estimate 
and record lifetime credit losses expected to be incurred on such financial instruments over the entire contractual term at 
the time they are recorded in the financial statements, such as with the funding or purchasing of a loan, or a commitment 
to lend unless the commitment is unconditionally cancellable. Because this allowance methodology follows a forward-
looking lifetime expected loss approach, it is not necessary for a loss event to have been incurred before a credit loss is 
recognized.  The estimation process in determining an appropriate level for the allowance for credit losses requires 
consideration of past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, and involves a significant degree 

45 
of management judgment. The Company determines the allowance for credit losses using methods it believes are 
appropriate given the characteristics of each loan portfolio and applies these methods consistently over time.   
The Company employs a static pool methodology for all loan segments. In a static pool approach, statistical 
information about a pool of loans originated during a specified period is tracked over its life (including losses, 
delinquencies, and prepayments). In general, this methodology operates by calculating a rate representing the current 
balance expected to not be collected for each pool. This loss rate is then applied against the current portfolio loans with 
similar characteristics of those established in the pool.  
In accordance with the CECL Standard, the Company must estimate expected credit losses over the contractual term 
of a loan, adjusted for expected prepayments.  In estimating the life of a loan, the Company cannot extend the contractual 
term of a loan for expected extensions, renewals, and modifications, unless there is a borrower-held extension or renewal 
option that is not unconditionally cancelable. In developing the estimate of expected credit losses, the Company must 
reflect information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This information 
should include what is reasonably available without undue cost and effort and may include information sourced internally, 
externally, or a combination of both.  
The estimation of expected credit losses requires the use of forward-looking information that is both reasonable and 
supportable, including information that relates to economic forecasts and how those forecasts are expected to impact 
expected future losses. The Company incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts as qualitative adjustments applied 
to the historical loss rates over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. The CECL Standard does not require a 
specific method for developing economic forecasts, nor does it require a specific timeframe over which a reasonable and 
supportable forecast should be employed in the Company’s CECL model. While the Company is not precluded from 
utilizing economic forecasts over the entire contractual term of a loan, the Company utilizes forecasts it believes are 
reasonable and supportable. The Company considers its methodologies to determine reasonable and supportable forecasts 
and reversion techniques to be accounting estimates rather than accounting policies or principles. For periods beyond 
which the Company is unable to determine a reasonable and supportable forecast, it will revert to unadjusted historical 
loss information in accordance with the CECL Standard. Management assesses the sensitivity of key assumptions by 
stressing the quantitative inputs utilized in its economic forecasts. This sensitivity analysis provides management with a 
hypothetical result to assess the sensitivity of our allowance for credit losses to a change in a key quantitative input. 
Qualitative factors are used to supplement the static pool methodology to determine total estimated expected credit 
losses during a given period. Because the static pool methodology estimates losses based on historical loss information, 
management utilizes qualitative factors to measure expected credit losses which are not sufficiently captured within the 
static pool model during a given period.  
On a quarterly basis, management determines the extent to which qualitative factors are used to bring the allowance 
for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate. These adjustments to the allowance for credit losses may be positive or 
negative to the quantitatively modeled results from the static pool methodology. Final qualitative adjustments to the 
allowance for credit losses are subject to management judgment. 
The Company measures the allowance for credit losses on a collective basis by pooling loans according to similar risk 
characteristics. When a loan is deemed to no longer share risk characteristics similar to others in the portfolio, the Company 
evaluates such loans on an individual basis. Management may consider changes to a borrower’s circumstances impacting 
cash collections, delinquency and non-accrual status, probability of default, industry, or other facts and circumstances 
when determining whether a loan shares risk characteristics with other loans in a pool. For a loan that does not share risk 
characteristics with other loans in a pool and is not collateral dependent, expected credit loss is measured based on the 
discounted value of the expected future cash flows and the amortized cost of the loan. If an entity determines that 
foreclosure of the collateral is probable, the CECL Standard requires the entity to measure expected credit losses of 
collateral dependent loans based on the difference between the current fair value of the collateral and the amortized cost 
basis of the financial asset. As of December 31, 2024, there was one multifamily loan totaling $10.9 million that was 
individually analyzed and collateral dependent on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 

46 
When applying this critical accounting estimate, management’s inputs and estimates of the timing and amounts of 
future losses are subject to significant judgment as these projected cash flows rely upon factors that depend on current or 
expected future conditions. Management expects there to be differences between actual and estimated results. 
Future changes to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary based on changes in economic, market, or other 
conditions. Changes to estimates could result in a material change in the allowance for credit losses and charges to 
provision for credit losses would materially decrease the Company’s net income. The Company’s loan portfolio may 
experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 
Selected Financial Data 
The following information is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Esquire Financial 
Holdings, Inc. 
 
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
     
2021 
     
2020 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 
 
Balance Sheet Data: 
   
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
Total assets 
 $ 1,892,503  
$ 1,616,876  
$ 1,395,639  
$ 1,178,770  
$ 936,714  
Cash and cash equivalents 
    126,329  
   165,209  
   164,122  
   149,156  
   65,185  
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
    241,746  
   122,107  
   109,269  
   148,384  
   117,655  
Securities held-to-maturity, at cost 
   
 68,660  
  
 77,001  
  
 78,377  
  
 —  
  
 —  
Loans, held for investment 
    1,397,021  
   1,207,413  
   947,295  
   784,517  
   672,421  
Total deposits 
    1,642,236  
   1,407,299  
   1,228,236  
   1,028,409  
   804,054  
Total stockholders’ equity 
    237,094  
   198,555  
   158,158  
   143,735  
   126,076  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Income Statement Data: 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
Interest income 
 $  113,373  
$
 91,888  
$
 60,993  
$
 44,531  
$  38,630  
Interest expense 
   
 13,444  
  
 8,115  
  
 1,647  
  
 828  
  
 1,190  
Net interest income 
   
 99,929  
  
 83,773  
  
 59,346  
  
 43,703  
   37,440  
Provision for credit losses 
   
 4,700  
  
 4,525  
  
 3,490  
  
 6,955  
  
 6,250  
Net interest income after provision for credit losses    
 95,229  
  
 79,248  
  
 55,856  
  
 36,748  
   31,190  
Payment processing income 
  
 20,875  
 
 22,316  
 
 21,944  
 
 20,856  
  14,099  
Other noninterest income 
  
 4,020  
 
 7,435  
 
 2,981  
 
 168  
 
 548  
Total noninterest income 
   
 24,895  
  
 29,751  
  
 24,925  
  
 21,024  
   14,647  
Employee compensation and benefits 
  
 37,845  
 
 32,481  
 
 25,774  
 
 21,741  
  16,873  
Other expenses 
  
 22,998  
 
 20,636  
 
 16,206  
 
 13,323  
  11,797  
Total noninterest expense 
   
 60,843  
  
 53,117  
  
 41,980  
  
 35,064  
   28,670  
Net income before income taxes 
   
 59,281  
  
 55,882  
  
 38,801  
  
 22,708  
   17,167  
Income tax expense 
   
 15,623  
  
 14,871  
  
 10,283  
  
 4,783  
  
 4,549  
Net income 
 $
 43,658  
$
 41,011  
$
 28,518  
$
 17,925  
$  12,618  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Per Share Data: 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
Earnings per share: 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
Basic 
 $
 5.58  
$
 5.31  
$
 3.73  
$
 2.40  
$
 1.70  
Diluted 
  
 5.14  
 
 4.91  
 
 3.47  
 
 2.26  
 
 1.65  
Book value per share(1) 
  
 28.38  
 
 23.96  
 
 19.30  
 
 17.77  
 
 16.18  
Tangible book value per share(2) 
  
 28.38  
 
 23.96  
 
 19.30  
 
 17.77  
 
 16.18  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Selected Performance Ratios: 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
Return on average assets 
   
 2.57 %    
 2.89 %    
 2.31 %    
 1.77 %    
 1.45 %  
Return on average equity 
   
 20.14  
  
 23.20  
  
 19.44  
  
 13.42  
  
 10.69  
Interest rate spread 
   
 5.48  
  
 5.57  
  
 4.85  
  
 4.40  
  
 4.34  
Net interest margin 
   
 6.06  
  
 6.09  
  
 4.99  
  
 4.49  
  
 4.47  
Efficiency ratio(3) 
   
 48.74  
  
 46.79  
  
 49.82  
  
 54.17  
  
 55.04  
Loan to deposit ratio 
  
 85.07  
 
 85.80  
 
 77.13  
 
 76.28  
 
 83.63  
Average interest earning assets to average interest 
bearing liabilities 
   
 172.03  
  
 188.86  
  
 201.47  
  
 215.72  
   191.12  
Average equity to average assets 
   
 12.75  
  
 12.44  
  
 11.89  
  
 13.22  
  
 13.61  
 

47 
 
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
  
 
     2024      
2023      
2022      
2021   
2020   
Asset Quality Ratios (Loans Held for Investment): 
  
    
    
    
   
   
Allowance for credit losses to total loans 
  
 1.50 %  
 1.38 %  
 1.29 %  
 1.16 %  
 1.70 %  
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans(4) 
  
 192 %  
 152 %  
NM  
NM  
 495 %  
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average outstanding loans 
  
 0.03 %  
 0.04 %  
 0.04 %  
 1.29 %  
 0.30 %  
Nonperforming loans to total loans(4) 
  
 0.78 %  
 0.91 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.34 %  
Nonperforming loans to total assets(4) 
  
 0.58 %  
 0.68 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.25 %  
Nonperforming assets to total assets(5) 
  
 0.58 %  
 0.68 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.00 %  
 0.25 %  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Ratios (Esquire Bank):  
  
    
    
    
    
    
Total capital to risk weighted assets 
   15.92 %   15.38 %   15.44 %   15.89 %   16.69 %  
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets 
   14.67 %   14.13 %   14.21 %   14.79 %   15.44 %  
Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets 
   14.67 %   14.13 %   14.21 %   14.79 %   15.44 %  
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 
   11.70 %   12.07 %   10.98 %   11.46 %   12.51 %  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other:  
  
    
    
    
    
    
Number of offices 
  
 3   
 3   
 3   
 3   
 3   
Number of full-time equivalent employees 
  
 138   
 140   
 115   
 110   
 99   
 
(1) For purposes of computing book value per share, book value equals total common stockholders’ equity divided by 
total number of shares of common stock outstanding. Total common stockholders’ equity equals total stockholders’ 
equity, less preferred equity. Preferred equity was $0 as of the dates indicated. 
(2) The Company had no intangible assets as of the dates indicated. Thus, tangible book value per share is the same as 
book value per share for each of the periods indicated. 
(3) See “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation” below for the computation of the efficiency ratio. 
(4) Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and loans modified 
for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. 
(5) Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, other real estate owned and other foreclosed assets. 
Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation 
The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure of expense control relative to recurring revenue. We calculate the 
efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expenses excluding non-recurring items by the sum of total net interest income 
and total noninterest income as determined under GAAP, but excluding net gains on securities from this calculation and 
other non-recurring income sources, if applicable, which we refer to below as recurring revenue. We believe that this 
provides one reasonable measure of recurring expenses relative to recurring revenue. 
We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure provides information that is important to investors and that is useful 
in understanding our financial position, results and ratios. However, this non-GAAP financial measure is supplemental 
and is not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. As other companies may use different calculations for 
this measure, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures by other companies. 
 
 

48 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,  
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
     
2021 
     
2020 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Efficiency Ratio:  
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Net interest income 
 $  99,929  
$  83,773  
$  59,346  
$  43,703  
$  37,440  
Noninterest income 
  
 24,895  
 
 29,751  
 
 24,925  
 
 21,024  
 
 14,647  
Less: net gain on equity investments 
  
 —  
 
 (4,013) 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 —  
Recurring revenue 
 $  124,824  
$  109,511  
$  84,271  
$  64,727  
$  52,087  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Total noninterest expense 
 $  60,843  
$  53,117  
$  41,980  
$  35,064  
$  28,670  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Efficiency ratio 
  
48.7 %  
48.5 %  
49.8 %  
54.2 %  
55.0 %
 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 
Assets.  Our total assets were $1.89 billion at December 31, 2024, an increase of $275.6 million from $1.62 billion at 
December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to growth in our loan portfolio and securities available-for-sale, offset 
by decreases in cash and cash equivalents. 
Loan Portfolio Analysis.  At December 31, 2024, loans were $1.40 billion, or 73.8% of total assets, compared to 
$1.21 billion, or 74.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2023. Our higher yielding commercial loans increased 
$182.7 million, or 24.8%, to $920.6 million at December 31, 2024 from $737.9 million at December 31, 2023 where 
commercial litigation related loan growth was $223.4 million, or 36.5%, to $835.8 million in 2024. Multifamily loans 
increased $6.9 million, or 2.0%, to $355.2 million at December 31, 2024 from $348.2 million at December 31, 2023. 
Consumer loans increased $4.8 million or 33.5%, to $19.3 million at December 31, 2024 from $14.5 million at 
December 31, 2023. Commercial real estate loans decreased $2.5 million, or 2.7%, to $87.0 million at December 31, 2024 
from $89.5 million at December 31, 2023. 1 – 4 family loans decreased $3.3 million, or 18.2%, to $14.7 million at 
December 31, 2024 from $17.9 million at December 31, 2023. 
In early 2024, management elected to temper multifamily and commercial real estate loan growth in response to the 
economic environment and has ratably purchased short duration agency mortgage backed securities with commensurate 
risk adjusted yields, enhancing our liquidity, asset composition, and flexibility in the future while improving the securities 
to total assets ratio to 16.6% as of December 31, 2024 as compared to 12.5% as of December 31, 2023. 

49 
Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at 
the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
     
Amount 
     
Percent 
     
Amount 
     
Percent 
     
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Real estate: 
   
    
    
 
    
    
Multifamily 
 $ 
 355,165   
 25.4 %  $ 
 348,241   
 28.8 %  
Commercial real estate 
   
 87,038   
 6.2  
  
 89,498   
 7.4  
1 – 4 family 
  
 14,665   
 1.1  
 
 17,937   
 1.5  
Total real estate 
   
 456,868   
 32.7  
  
 455,676   
 37.7  
Commercial 
   
 920,567   
 65.9  
  
 737,914   
 61.1  
Consumer 
   
 19,339   
 1.4  
  
 14,491   
 1.2  
Total loans held for investment 
 $  1,396,774   
 100.0 %  $  1,208,081   
 100.0 %  
Deferred loan fees and unearned premiums, net 
   
 247   
   
  
 (668)  
   
Allowance for credit losses 
   
 (20,979)  
   
  
 (16,631)  
   
Loans held for investment, net 
 $  1,376,042   
   
$  1,190,782   
   
 
The following table sets forth the composition of our held for investment Litigation-Related Loan portfolio by type 
of loan at the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 
 
 
 
2024 
  
2023 
 
 
    
Amount     Percent         
Amount     Percent      
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Litigation-Related Loans: 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Commercial Litigation-Related: 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Working capital lines of credit 
 $ 531,574  
 63.4 % $ 373,338  
 60.7 %
Case cost lines of credit 
   185,204  
 22.1     152,165  
 24.8  
Term loans 
   119,061  
 14.2     86,954  
 14.1  
Total Commercial Litigation-Related 
   835,839  
 99.7     612,457  
 99.6  
Consumer Litigation-Related: 
  
 
   
 
 
Post-settlement consumer loans 
  
 2,716  
 0.3    
 2,406  
 0.4  
Structured settlement loans 
  
 —  
 —    
 16  
 —  
Total Consumer Litigation-Related 
  
 2,716  
 0.3    
 2,422  
 0.4  
Total Litigation-Related Loans 
 $ 838,555   100.0 % $ 614,879   100.0 %
 
At December 31, 2024, our Litigation-Related Loans, which include commercial and consumer lending to attorneys, 
law firms and plaintiffs/claimants, totaled $838.6 million, or 60.0% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $614.9 million 
at December 31, 2023. We also had Commercial Litigation-Related committed and uncommitted undrawn lines of credit 
totaling $85.0 million and $580.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2024. 
Litigation-Related post-settlement consumer loans increased $310 thousand to $2.7 million as of December 31, 2024, 
from $2.4 million as of December 31, 2023. 

50 
Loan Maturity.  The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2024 regarding the contractual 
maturity of our held for investment loan portfolio. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, 
and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments 
that could significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from 
that shown below. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 Commercial 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
December 31, 2024 
    Multifamily     Real Estate     1 – 4 Family    Commercial    Consumer      
Total 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Amounts due in: 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
One year or less 
 $  70,456  $  1,714  $  5,927  $ 609,524  $  6,286  $  693,907 
More than one to five years 
    212,637     84,942    
 7,595     277,383     13,053     595,610 
More than five to fifteen years 
    72,072    
 382    
 755     33,660    
 —     106,869 
More than fifteen years 
   
 —    
 —    
 388    
 —    
 —    
 388 
Total 
 $ 355,165  $  87,038  $  14,665  $ 920,567  $ 19,339  $ 1,396,774 
 
The following table sets forth fixed and adjustable-rate held for investment loans at December 31, 2024 that are 
contractually due after December 31, 2025. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due After December 31, 2025 
 
    
Fixed 
    Adjustable     
Total 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Real estate: 
   
     
     
  
Multifamily 
 $ 262,987  $  21,722  $ 284,709 
Commercial real estate 
    77,817    
 7,507     85,324 
1 – 4 family 
  
 8,711   
 27   
 8,738 
Commercial 
    53,986     257,057     311,043 
Consumer 
   
 5,041    
 8,012     13,053 
Total 
 $ 408,542  $ 294,325  $ 702,867 
 
At December 31, 2024, substantially all of our $920.6 million commercial loans are variable rate and tied to prime, 
comprising approximately 66% of our loan portfolio. Additionally, approximately 90% of our commercial loans have 
interest rate floor protection as of December 31, 2024. 
Nonperforming Assets 
Nonperforming assets include loans that are 90 or more days past due or on nonaccrual status, including real estate 
and other loan collateral acquired through foreclosure and repossession. Loans 90 days or greater past due may remain on 
an accrual basis if adequately collateralized and in the process of collection.  
Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed real 
estate until it is sold. When property is acquired, it is initially recorded at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of 
foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in fair value after acquisition of the property result 
in charges against income. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we did not have any foreclosed assets. 
 At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had one multifamily loan classified as substandard and placed on nonaccrual 
totaling $10.9 million, primarily due to the property owners decisions resulting in excessive vacancy in an area where the 
average vacancy is minimal. Management recently had these properties appraised and noted that no specific reserve was 
necessary. 

51 
The following table sets forth information regarding our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
    
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Nonaccrual loans: 
   
    
 
    
Multifamily 
 $ 
 10,940  
$ 
 10,940  
Commercial real estate 
   
 —  
  
 —  
1 – 4 family 
  
 —  
 
 —  
Commercial 
   
 —  
  
 —  
Consumer 
   
 —  
  
 —  
Total nonaccrual loans 
  
 10,940  
 
 10,940  
Other real estate owned 
   
 —  
  
 —  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing 
   
 —  
  
 69  
Total nonperforming assets 
 $ 
 10,940  
$ 
 11,009  
 
   
 
  
 
Total loans held for investment(1) 
 $  1,397,021  
$ 1,207,413  
Total assets 
 $  1,892,503  
$ 1,616,876  
Allowance for credit losses 
 $ 
 20,979  
$ 
 16,631  
Total nonaccrual loans to total loans 
   
 0.78 %     
 0.91 %  
Total nonperforming assets to total assets 
   
 0.58 %     
 0.68 %  
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans 
   
 192 %     
 152 %  
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans 
   
 192 %     
 152 %  
Allowance for credit losses to total loans at end of the period(1) 
   
 1.50 %     
 1.38 %  
 
(1) Loans are presented before the allowance for credit losses and include net deferred loan fees and unearned premiums. 
Allowance for Credit Losses 
Please see “— Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Credit losses” for additional discussion of our allowance 
policy. 
The allowance for credit losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable 
credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition reporting dates. The 
allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including 
portfolio composition, delinquent and nonaccrual loans, national and local business conditions and loss experience and an 
overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral. 

52 
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
     
2024 
 
2023 
 
2022 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Allowance at beginning of year 
 $  16,631  $  12,223  $  9,076 
Impact of CECL adoption 
   
 —    
 283    
 — 
Provision for credit losses 
   
 4,700    
 4,525    
 3,490 
 
   
   
   
Charge-offs: 
   
     
   
  
  
Multifamily 
   
 —    
 —    
 178 
Commercial real estate 
   
 —    
 —    
 — 
1 – 4 family 
   
 —    
 —    
 — 
Commercial 
   
 —    
 5    
 64 
Consumer 
   
 390    
 439    
 150 
Total charge-offs 
   
 390    
 444    
 392 
 
   
   
   
Recoveries: 
   
     
   
  
  
Multifamily 
   
 —    
 —    
 17 
Commercial real estate 
   
 —    
 —    
 — 
1 – 4 family 
   
 —    
 —    
 — 
Commercial 
   
 —    
 —    
 32 
Consumer 
   
 38    
 44    
 — 
Total recoveries 
   
 38    
 44    
 49 
Allowance at end of year 
 $  20,979  $  16,631  $  12,223 
 
The following table presents average loans and credit loss experience for the periods indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
  
 
    
2024 
    
2023 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
Net 
     
 
   
 
   
Net 
 
 
  
 
   
 
   Charge-offs      
 
   
 
   Charge-offs  
 
  
Average 
   
Net 
   to Average      
Average 
   
Net 
   to Average  
 
  
Loans (1) 
   Charge-offs   
Loans 
     
Loans (1) 
   Charge-offs   
Loans 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Multifamily 
 $  349,360   $
 —    
 — %   $  304,848   $ 
 —    
 — %
Commercial real estate 
   
 88,272     
 —    
 —       
 90,735     
 —    
 —  
1 – 4 family 
  
 15,898    
 —    
 —      
 22,109    
 —    
 —  
Commercial 
    786,534     
 —    
 —        621,730     
 5    
 0.00  
Consumer 
   
 18,698     
 352    
 1.88       
 13,477     
 395    
 2.93  
Total 
 $ 1,258,762   $
 352    
 0.03 %   $ 1,052,899   $ 
 400    
 0.04 %
 
(1) Excludes net deferred loan fees and unearned premiums. 
Allocation of Allowance for Credit losses.  The following tables set forth the allowance for credit losses allocated by 
loan category and the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated. The 

53 
allowance for credit losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category 
and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
 
     
 
     Percent of     Percent of      
 
    Percent of     Percent of     
 
  
 
 Allowance 
Loans in  
 
 
 Allowance 
Loans in  
 
  
 
 
for Credit 
Each 
 
 
 
 
for Credit 
Each 
 
 
 
Allowance  
Losses to  
Category  
Allowance  
Losses to  
Category  
 
 
for Credit  
Total 
 
to Total  
for Credit  
Total 
 
to Total  
 
 
Losses  Allowance 
Loans  
Losses  Allowance 
Loans  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Multifamily 
 $  5,116   
 24.4 %  
 25.4 %   $  3,236   
 19.5 %   
 28.8 %  
Commercial real estate 
   
 691   
 3.3   
 6.2  
  
 823   
 4.9   
 7.4  
1 – 4 family 
  
 52   
 0.2  
 1.1  
 
 58   
 0.3  
 1.5  
Commercial 
   14,283   
 68.1  
 65.9  
  12,056   
 72.5  
 61.1  
Consumer 
   
 837   
 4.0   
 1.4  
  
 458   
 2.8   
 1.2  
Total allocated allowance  $ 20,979   
 100.0 %   100.0 %   $ 16,631   
 100.0 %    100.0 %  
 
Loans rated special mention totaled $4.0 million as of December 31, 2024, comparable to the same period in 2023. 
Loans rated substandard totaled $10.9 million as of December 31, 2024, comparable to the same period in 2023, driven by 
one nonaccrual multifamily loan. Our special mention and substandard loans as a percentage of loans was 0.3% and 0.8% 
as of December 31, 2024, respectively, and 0.3% and 0.9% as of December 31, 2023, respectively. The allowance for 
credit losses as a percentage of loans was 1.50% and 1.38% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase 
in the allowance as a percentage of loans was general reserve driven considering loan growth and the qualitative factors 
associated with the current uncertain economic environment including, but not limited to, its potential impact on the New 
York metro commercial real estate market. 
Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for credit losses, future 
adjustments to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected 
if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we 
believe we have established our allowance for credit losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles 
in the United States of America, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require 
us to increase our allowance for credit losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot 
be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for credit losses is adequate or that 
increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any 
material increase in the allowance for credit losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  
Payment Processing Credit Risk 
From a payment processing perspective, we continuously evaluate credit exposure, primarily defined as merchant 
returns and chargebacks, by merchant industry type and category. We have also assessed the level and adequacy of our 
ISO and merchant reserves held on deposit at Esquire Bank. Currently, based on our assessments, we have not identified 
any elevated credit risk and our returns and chargeback ratios are within normal levels and commensurate to the merchant 
portfolio risk profile. 
Debt Securities Portfolio 
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, all debt securities available-for-sale were carried at fair value and we had no 
investments in a single company or entity, other than government and government agency securities, which had an 
aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity. Securities available-for-sale totaled $241.7 million at December 31, 
2024, as compared to $122.1 million at December 31, 2023, as management deployed excess liquidity into securities. 
Securities held-to-maturity totaled $68.7 million at December 31, 2024, as compared to $77.0 million at December 31, 
2023, due to paydowns and portfolio amortization. 

54 
Management evaluates securities available-for-sale in unrealized loss positions to determine whether the impairment 
is due to credit-related factors. Due to the decline in fair value being attributable to changes in interest rates, not credit 
quality and because the Company does not have the intent to sell the securities and it is likely that it will not be required 
to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider the securities to be impaired at 
December 31, 2024. 
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, none of the Company’s available-for-sale securities were in an 
unrealized loss position due to credit, and therefore no allowance for credit losses on available-for-sale securities was 
required. Additionally, there was no allowance for credit losses on securities held-to-maturity due to the high credit quality 
composition consisting of issuances from government sponsored agencies.  
No impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. 
Portfolio Maturities and Yields.  The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at 
December 31, 2024, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates 
and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments 
have been made as we have no tax free interest earning assets. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
December 31, 2024 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
More Than One Year  
More Than Five Years  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
One Year or Less 
 
through Five Years  
Through Ten Years  
More Than Ten Years  
Total 
  
 
     
 
    Weighted      
 
    Weighted      
 
     Weighted      
 
    Weighted      
 
    Weighted  
 
 Amortized 
Average  
Amortized 
Average  
Amortized 
Average  
Amortized   
Average  
Amortized   
Average   
 
 
Cost 
 
Yield  
Cost 
 
Yield  
Cost 
 
Yield  
Cost 
 
Yield  
Cost 
 
Yield   
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
  
Securities available-
for-sale: 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage backed 
securities-agency 
 $ 
 —   
 — %  $  4,403   
 3.23 %  $  5,675   
 3.57 %  $  92,931   
 1.89 %  $ 103,009   
 2.04 %
Collateralized 
mortgage obligations-
agency 
   
 —   
 —  
  
 —   
 —  
   1,286   
 2.43  
   157,156   
 5.04  
   158,442   
 5.01  
Total securities 
available-for-sale 
 $ 
 —   
 — %  $  4,403   
 3.23 %  $  6,961   
 3.36 %  $ 250,087   
 3.87 %  $ 261,451   
 3.84 %
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
Securities held-to-
maturity: 
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
Collateralized 
mortgage obligations-
agency 
 $ 
 —   
 — %  $ 
 —   
 — %  $ 
 —   
 — %  $  68,660   
 3.00 %  $  68,660   
 3.00 %
Total securities held-
to-maturity 
 $ 
 —   
 — %  $ 
 —   
 — %  $ 
 —   
 — %  $  68,660   
 3.00 %  $  68,660   
 3.00 %
 
Deposits 
Total deposits increased $234.9 million, or 16.7%, to $1.64 billion at December 31, 2024 from $1.41 billion at 
December 31, 2023. We continue to focus on the acquisition and expansion of core deposit relationships, which we define 
as all deposits except for certificates of deposit. Core deposits totaled $1.63 billion at December 31, 2024, or 99.1% of 
total deposits at that date. Certificates of deposit totaled $14.1 million at December 31, 2024, or 0.9% of total deposits at 
that date. 

55 
The following tables set forth the distribution of average deposits by account type at the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
 
 
2024 
  
 
2023 
 
 
 
Average 
 
 
 
Average  
 
Average 
    
 
     Average     
 
    
Balance 
    Percent      
Cost   
 
Balance 
 
Percent  
Cost  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Demand (noninterest bearing) 
 $  510,868    34.78 %   0.00 %   $  497,795    40.61 %    0.00 %  
Savings, NOW and Money Market 
    945,899    64.39  
 1.36  
   715,004    58.32  
 1.07  
Time 
   
 12,281   
 0.84  
 4.49  
  
 13,159   
 1.07  
 3.62  
Total deposits 
 $ 1,469,048    100.00 %   0.91 %   $ 1,225,958    100.00 %    0.66 %  
 
Our deposit strategy primarily focuses on developing full service branchless commercial banking relationships 
nationally with our clients through commercial lending facilities, payment processing, and other unique commercial cash 
management services in our two national verticals, rather than competing with other institutions on rate. As of 
December 31, 2024, the aggregate amount of uninsured deposits (deposits in amounts greater than or equal to $250,000) 
was $463.9 million, or 28.2%, of our total Bank deposits of $1.64 billion, excluding $12.4 million of the Company’s 
deposits held by the Bank. Due to the nature of our larger mass tort and class action settlements related to the litigation 
vertical, we participate in FDIC insured sweep programs as well as treasury secured money market funds. At December 31, 
2024, our off-balance sheet sweeps funds totaled $554.4 million, of which $424.2 million, or 76.5%, was able to be swept 
on balance sheet as reciprocal client relationship money market deposits. Our deposit growth and off-balance sheet funds 
demonstrate our highly efficient branchless and technology enabled deposit platforms. 
 
As of December 31, 2023, the aggregate amount of uninsured deposits was $381.6 million, or 27.1%, of our total 
Bank deposits of $1.41 billion, excluding $5.5 million of the Company’s deposits held by the Bank. As of December 31, 
2024, the Company had approximately $979.0 million of law firm escrow (or trust) deposits with the majority of these law 
firms also having a commercial lending relationship with the Bank. Law firm escrow accounts, as well as other fiduciary 
deposit accounts, are for the benefit of the law firm’s customers (or claimants) and are titled in a manner to ensure that the 
maximum amount of FDIC insurance coverage passes through the account to the beneficial owner of the funds held in the 
account. Therefore, these law firm escrow accounts carry FDIC insurance at the claimant settlement level, not at the deposit 
account level. The FDIC insured and uninsured deposited balances reflect management’s determination of settlement 
claims deposited as of period end. In addition, as of December 31, 2024, the aggregate amount of our uninsured certificates 
of deposit was $6.8 million. We have no deposits that are uninsured for any reason other than being in excess of the 
maximum amount for federal deposit insurance. The following table sets forth the maturity of the uninsured certificates of 
deposit as of December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
 
 
     December 31, 2024 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Maturing period: 
    
 
Three months or less 
 $ 
 6,132 
Over three months through six months 
   
 614 
Over six months through twelve months 
   
 78 
Over twelve months 
   
 — 
Total 
 $ 
 6,824 
 
Borrowings 
At December 31, 2024, we had the ability to borrow a total of $431.7 million from the FHLB of New York. We also 
had a borrowing capacity with the FRB of New York discount window of $51.4 million. At December 31, 2024, we also 
had $17.5 million in aggregate unsecured lines of credit with unaffiliated correspondent banks. No amounts were 
outstanding on any of the aforementioned lines as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. 

56 
Stockholders’ Equity 
Total stockholders’ equity increased $38.5 million, or 19.4%, to $237.1 million at December 31, 2024, from 
$198.6 million at December 31, 2023. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to net income 
of $43.7 million and amortization of share-based compensation of $3.8 million, partially offset by dividends declared to 
common stockholders of $5.0 million, shares received related to tax withholding of $3.4 million, and other comprehensive 
loss of $1.1 million. 
Average Balance Sheets and Related Yields and Rates 
The following tables present average balance sheet information, interest income, interest expense and the 
corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. The average 
balances are daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and nonperforming balances. Interest income on loans 
includes the effects of net premium amortization and net deferred loan origination fees accounted for as yield adjustments. 
No tax-equivalent adjustments have been made as we have no tax exempt investments. 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
   
2022 
 
 
     
Average 
      
 
     Average      
Average 
      
 
     Average           
Average       
 
     Average      
 
 
Balance 
 
Interest  
Yield/Cost 
Balance 
 
Interest  
Yield/Cost    
Balance 
 
Interest  
Yield/Cost 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS 
   
     
    
    
 
     
    
   
   
     
    
    
Loans held for investment 
 
$  1,258,914  
$  98,458   
 7.82 %  $  1,051,903  
$  81,188   
 7.72 %  
$  844,393  
$  54,007   
 6.40 %  
Securities, includes restricted stock 
 
  
 265,714  
  
 8,636   
 3.25 %    
 210,776  
  
 5,020   
 2.38 %  
  
 204,501  
  
 4,161   
 2.03 %  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
 
  
 —  
  
 —   
 —  
  
 27,142  
  
 1,526   
 5.62 %  
  
 49,273  
  
 1,251   
 2.54 %  
Interest earning cash and other 
 
  
 123,805  
  
 6,279   
 5.07 %    
 85,454  
  
 4,154   
 4.86 %  
  
 91,206  
  
 1,574   
 1.73 %  
Total interest earning assets 
 
   1,648,433  
   113,373   
 6.88 %     1,375,275  
  
 91,888   
 6.68 %  
   1,189,373  
  
 60,993   
 5.13 %  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
NONINTEREST EARNING ASSETS 
 
  
 52,157  
  
    
   
  
 45,703  
  
    
   
 
  
 45,004  
  
    
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
TOTAL AVERAGE ASSETS 
 
$  1,700,590  
  
 
 
$  1,420,978  
  
 
 
 
$  1,234,377  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES 
 
  
   
  
    
   
  
   
  
    
   
 
  
   
  
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings, NOW, money market deposits 
 
$ 
 945,899  
$  12,889   
 1.36 %  $ 
 715,004  
$ 
 7,635   
 1.07 %  
$  572,498  
$ 
 1,488   
 0.26 %  
Time deposits 
 
  
 12,281  
  
 551   
 4.49 %    
 13,159  
  
 476   
 3.62 %  
  
 17,775  
  
 155   
 0.87 %  
Total deposits 
 
  
 958,180  
  
 13,440   
 1.40 %    
 728,163  
  
 8,111   
 1.11 %  
  
 590,273  
  
 1,643   
 0.28 %  
Borrowings 
 
  
 44  
  
 4   
 9.09 %    
 46  
  
 4   
 8.70 %  
  
 75  
  
 4   
 5.33 %  
Total interest bearing liabilities 
 
  
 958,224  
  
 13,444   
 1.40 %   
 728,209  
  
 8,115   
 1.11 %  
  
 590,348  
  
 1,647   
 0.28 %  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
NONINTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES 
 
  
   
  
    
   
  
   
  
    
   
 
  
   
  
    
   
Demand deposits 
 
  
 510,868  
  
    
   
  
 497,795  
  
    
   
 
  
 485,277  
  
    
   
Other liabilities 
 
  
 14,755  
  
    
   
  
 18,210  
  
    
   
 
  
 12,043  
  
    
   
Total noninterest bearing liabilities 
 
  
 525,623  
  
    
   
  
 516,005  
  
    
   
 
  
 497,320  
  
    
   
Stockholders' equity 
 
  
 216,743  
  
    
   
  
 176,764  
  
    
   
 
  
 146,709  
  
    
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
TOTAL AVG. LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
 
$  1,700,590  
  
    
   
$  1,420,978  
  
    
   
 
$  1,234,377  
  
    
   
Net interest income 
 
  
   
$  99,929    
 
  
   
$  83,773    
 
 
  
   
$  59,346    
 
Net interest spread 
 
  
 
  
 
 5.48 %    
 
  
 
 5.57 %  
  
 
  
 
 4.85 %  
Net interest margin 
 
  
   
  
    
 6.06 %    
   
  
    
 6.09 %  
 
   
  
    
 4.99 %  
Deposits (including nonint. demand deposits) 
 
$  1,469,048  
$  13,440  
 0.91 % $  1,225,958  
$ 
 8,111  
 0.66 %  
$  1,075,550  
$ 
 1,643  
 0.15 % 
 
 
 

57 
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major 
components of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The table distinguishes 
between: (1) changes attributable to volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period’s rate); (2) changes 
attributable to rate (change in rate multiplied by the prior year’s volume) and (3) total increase (decrease) (the sum of the 
previous columns). Changes attributable to both volume and rate are allocated ratably between the volume and rate 
categories. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended  
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
2024 vs. 2023 
 
 
Increase 
     
Total 
 
 
(Decrease) due to 
 
Increase 
 
     Volume      
Rate 
     (Decrease) 
 
 
(In thousands) 
Interest earned on: 
  
    
  
Loans held for investment 
 $  16,682  $  588  $  17,270 
Securities, includes restricted stock 
   
 1,507     2,109     3,616 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
    (1,526)   
 —     (1,526)
Interest earning cash and other 
   
 1,938    
 187     2,125 
Total interest income 
    18,601     2,884     21,485 
 
   
   
   
Interest paid on: 
   
     
     
  
Savings, NOW, money market deposits 
   
 2,002     3,252     5,254 
Time deposits 
   
 (33)   
 108    
 75 
Total deposits 
   
 1,969     3,360     5,329 
Borrowings 
   
 —    
 —    
 — 
Total interest expense 
   
 1,969     3,360     5,329 
Change in net interest income 
 $  16,632  $  (476) $  16,156 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended  
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
2023 vs. 2022 
 
 
Increase 
  
Total 
 
 
(Decrease) due to 
  
Increase 
 
    Volume     
Rate 
     (Decrease)
 
 
 (In thousands) 
Interest earned on: 
   
   
   
Loans held for investment 
 $ 16,455  $ 10,726   $  27,181 
Securities, includes restricted stock 
   
 131   
 728    
 859 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
   
 (746)   1,021    
 275 
Interest earning cash and other 
   
 (105)   2,685    
 2,580 
Total interest income 
    15,735    15,160     30,895 
 
   
   
   
Interest paid on: 
   
   
   
Savings, NOW, money market deposits 
   
 591    5,556    
 6,147 
Time deposits 
   
 (50)  
 371    
 321 
Total deposits 
   
 541    5,927    
 6,468 
Borrowings 
   
 (2)  
 2    
 — 
Total interest expense 
   
 539     5,929      6,468 
Change in net interest income 
 $ 15,196  $  9,231   $  24,427 
 

58 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 
General.  Net income increased $2.6 million, or 6.5%, to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 
$41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase resulted from a $16.2 million increase in net interest 
income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $7.7 million and a decrease in noninterest income of $4.9 
million. 
Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $16.2 million, or 19.3%, to $99.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 from $83.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, due to a $21.5 million increase in interest 
income, partially offset by a $5.3 million increase in interest expense.  
Our net interest margin decreased 3 basis points to 6.06% for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 6.09% for 
the year ended December 31, 2023. Our net interest margin was positively impacted by growth in higher yielding variable 
rate commercial loans and growth in lower-cost escrow or IOLTA deposits nationally. Interest earning asset yields  
increased 20 basis points, primarily due to growth in higher yielding variable rate commercials loans and the cost of interest 
bearing liabilities increased 29 basis points, due to increases in short-term interest rates as well as management proactively 
increasing rates on IOLTA accounts in certain states where we operate. Interest earning asset growth was primarily funded 
by a $200.1 million, or 33.7%, increase in average IOLTA deposits to $793.7 million for the year ended December 31, 
2024 from $593.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. 
Interest Income.  Interest income increased $21.5 million, or 23.4%, to $113.4 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2024 from $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and was attributable to an increase in loan, 
securities, interest earning cash and other. In early 2024, management elected to temper multifamily and commercial real 
estate loan growth in response to the economic environment and has ratably purchased short duration agency mortgage 
backed securities with commensurate risk adjusted yields, enhancing our liquidity while improving the securities to total 
assets ratio to 17%. 
Loan interest income increased $17.3 million, or 21.3%, to $98.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 from 
$81.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to a $207.0 million, or 19.7%, increase 
in the average loan balance primarily due to growth in our higher yielding national litigation lending platform and, to a 
lesser extent, our regional multifamily loan portfolio as we tempered multifamily production as a matter of strategy in 
2024, and a 10 basis point increase in loan yields to 7.82%. Our commercial loan platform drove a $15.1 million increase 
in interest income, of which $16.1 million was due to higher average loan balances, offset by a $933 thousand decrease 
due to a yield decrease of 15 basis points, driving a portfolio yield of 9.72%. Additionally, our multifamily platform 
contributed $3.1 million to the increase in interest income, of which, $1.8 million was due to increased volume and $1.2 
million was due to a 38 basis point increase in yields, driving a portfolio yield of 4.29%. Approximately 66% of our loan 
portfolio is comprised of variable rate commercial loans tied to prime that were positively impacted by increases in short-
term interest rates. 
Securities interest income increased $3.6 million, or 72.0%, to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 
from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to an 87 basis point increase in 
yields, driven by our investing strategy of deploying excess cash flow into short duration agency mortgage-backed 
securities while tempering our real estate lending, as well as a $54.9 million, or 26.1%, increase in average securities 
balances. The increase in securities income was comprised of a $2.1 million increase as a result of the increases in average 
rate and a $1.5 million increase due to increases in average balance. 
Interest earning cash and other interest income increased $2.1 million, to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 
2024 from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was attributable to a 21 basis point increase 
in yields driven by the movement in short-term interest rates. 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell interest income decreased $1.5 million, or 100.0%, to $0 for the year 
ended December 31, 2024 from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. In the third quarter of 2023, 
management elected to close out its reverse repurchase agreements and reinvest these funds into higher yielding 
commercial loans. 

59 
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $5.3 million, or 65.7%, to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 
2024 from $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily attributable to increases in average rate (primarily 
IOLTA) comprising $3.4 million of the increase and the remaining increase of $2.0 million (primarily IOLTA) attributable 
to average deposit balances. Average interest bearing deposit balances (primarily IOLTA) increased $230.0 million, or 
31.6%, to $958.2 million, when compared to December 31, 2023. Our deposit cost-of-funds, excluding demand deposits, 
increased 29 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, due 
to increases in short-term interest rates as well as management proactively increasing rates on IOLTA accounts in the 
various states we operate. 
Provision for Credit losses.  Our provision for credit losses was $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 
compared to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was general reserve driven considering 
loan growth and qualitative factors associated with the current short-term interest rate environment as well as the current 
uncertain economic environment including, but not limited to, its potential impact on the New York metro multifamily 
commercial real estate market. 
Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income information is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
Change 
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     Amount       Percent      
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Payment processing fees: 
  
  
  
 
 
Payment processing income 
 $ 20,147  $ 21,450  $ (1,303) 
 (6.1)% 
ACH income 
  
 728   
 866   
 (138) 
 (15.9) 
Total payment processing fees 
   20,875    22,316    (1,441) 
 (6.5) 
Customer related fees, service charges and other: 
  
  
  
 
 
Administrative service income 
   2,738    2,467   
 271  
 11.0  
Net gain on equity investments 
  
 —    4,013    (4,013)  (100.0) 
Other 
   1,282   
 955   
 327  
 34.2  
Total customer related fees, service charges and other 
   4,020    7,435    (3,415) 
 (45.9) 
Total noninterest income 
 $ 24,895  $ 29,751  $ (4,856) 
 (16.3)% 
 
Payment processing income was $20.9 million in 2024, a $1.4 million decrease when compared to 2023, primarily 
due to anticipated ISO attrition and changes in our overall merchant risk profile. Payment processing volumes and 
transactions for the credit and debit card processing platform increased $3.3 billion, or 10.0%, to $36.3 billion and 
transactions decreased 9.0 million, or 1.5%, to 603.7 million transactions, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 
2024, as compared to the same period in 2023. We continue to focus on the expansion of sales channels through ISOs, 
prudently managing risk while focusing on new merchant originations, increasing overall volumes as well as risk profiles, 
and expanding our technology and other resources in this vertical. The Company utilizes proprietary and industry leading  
customized technology to ensure card brand and regulatory compliance, supports multiple processing platforms, manages 
daily risk across 88,000 small business merchants in all 50 states, and performed commercial treasury clearing services 
for $36.3 billion in volume across 603.7 million transactions in 2024. Administrative service income increased $271 
thousand, or 11.0%, to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Off-balance sheet sweep funds totaled $554.4 
million at December 31, 2024, demonstrating the continued strength of our branchless core business model. Other income 
increased $327 thousand, or 34.2%, to $1.3 million primarily due to loan and other banking related fees. Net gain on equity 
investments decreased $4.0 million due to a nonrecurring gain on our Litify fintech investment in the first quarter of 2023. 
In 2023, Litify, Inc. (“Litify”) was reorganized into a partnership and an unrelated third party acquired a majority 
ownership in the reorganized entity. As an equity holder and party to the reorganization and sale transaction, a majority of 
the Company’s partnership interests were exchanged for cash and undiscounted noncash consideration of approximately 
$5.3 million. As a result, the Company recognized a gain on its investment of $4.0 million in 2023. In 2024, the Company 
received cash consideration resulting in a realized gain on its Litify investment of approximately $500 thousand, offset by 
an equity method loss of approximately $500 thousand recognized on its investment in a third party sponsored NFL 
consumer post settlement loan fund. 

60 
Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense information is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
Change 
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     Amount       Percent      
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Noninterest expense: 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Employee compensation and benefits 
 $ 37,845  $ 32,481  $  5,364  
 16.5 % 
Occupancy and equipment 
   4,093    3,363   
 730  
 21.7  
Professional and consulting services 
   3,824    5,447    (1,623) 
 (29.8) 
FDIC and regulatory assessments 
  
 943   
 793   
 150  
 18.9  
Advertising and marketing 
   3,514    1,823    1,691  
 92.8  
Travel and business relations 
  
 966   
 985   
 (19) 
 (1.9) 
Data processing 
   6,660    5,165    1,495  
 28.9  
Other operating expenses 
   2,998    3,060   
 (62) 
 (2.0) 
Total noninterest expense 
 $ 60,843  $ 53,117  $  7,726  
 14.5 % 
 
Employee compensation and benefits costs increased due to the full year’s impact of key hires (throughout 2023) to 
support future growth and excellence in client service as well as the impact of year end salary increases, bonuses, incentive 
pay to BDOs, and stock-based compensation increases. During 2024, we experienced the full year impact of our 2023 key 
hires including, but not limited to, our regional senior BDOs, sales support, lending underwriting/lending support, and risk 
management staffing initiatives. Advertising and marketing costs increased as we continued to advance our digital 
marketing platform across our commercial litigation platform nationally, expand our thought leadership in this national 
vertical, and directly support our regional BDOs with targeted ABM campaigns. Data processing costs increased due to 
increases in core banking processing volumes and additional costs related to enhanced risk management systems and other 
technology implementations. Occupancy and equipment costs increased due to amortization of internally developed 
software to support our digital marketing and risk management platforms and additional office space to support growth. 
Professional services costs decreased primarily due to our 2023 hiring initiatives noted above and related costs associated 
with the executive search firm utilized. Our investment in current resources has and will continue to support our future 
growth. 
Income Tax Expense.  We recorded income tax expense of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, 
reflecting an effective tax rate of 26.4%, compared to $14.9 million, or an effective tax rate of 26.6%, for the year ended 
December 31, 2023. 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 
General.  Net income increased $12.5 million, or 43.8%, to $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 
$28.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase resulted from a $24.4 million increase in net interest 
income and a $4.8 million increase in noninterest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $11.1 
million. 
Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $24.4 million, or 41.2%, to $83.8 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 from $59.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, due to a $30.9 million increase in interest 
income, partially offset by a $6.5 million increase in interest expense.  
Our net interest margin increased 110 basis points to 6.09% for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 4.99% for 
the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net interest margin was due to a 155 basis point increase in interest 
earning asset yields, offset by an increase in the cost of interest bearing liabilities of 83 basis points, primarily due to 
growth in higher yielding variable rate commercial loans and increases in short-term interest rates. Growth was partially 
funded by a $128.5 million, or 27.6%, increase in average law firm escrow deposits to $593.6 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 from $465.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. 

61 
Interest Income.  Interest income increased $30.9 million, or 50.7%, to $91.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 from $61.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and was attributable to an increase in loan, 
securities, interest earning cash and other and reverse repurchase interest income. 
Loan interest income increased $27.2 million, or 50.3%, to $81.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 
$54.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to a $207.5 million, or 24.6%, increase 
in the average loan balance, primarily driven by our commercial and multifamily loan portfolios, as well as a 132 basis 
point increase in loan yields, driven primarily by our higher yielding variable rate commercial loans (tied to prime) and 
increases in short-term interest rates. Additionally, the increase in loan income was comprised of a $16.5 million increase 
as a result of the increases in average loan balances (primarily commercial) and a $10.7 million increase due to increases 
in average rate (primarily commercial). 
Securities interest income increased $859 thousand, or 20.6%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 
from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to a 35 basis point increase in 
yields, driven by reinvestment of portfolio cash flows into securities at current market interest rates, as well as a $6.3 
million, or 3.1%, increase in average securities balances. 
Interest earning cash and other interest income increased $2.6 million, to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 
2023 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was attributable to a 313 basis point increase 
in yields driven by the movement in short-term interest rates. 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell interest income increased $275 thousand, or 22.0%, to $1.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The movement in short-
term interest rates resulted in a 308 basis point increase in yields. 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $6.5 million, or 392.7%, to $8.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as expense was impacted by both increases 
in the volume and rate on interest bearing deposits. Interest bearing deposit rates increased 83 basis points to 1.11% for 
the year ended December 31, 2023 from 0.28% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our average balance of interest 
bearing deposits increased $137.9 million, or 23.4%, to $728.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from 
$590.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, attributable primarily to core IOLTA and, to a lesser extent, money 
market relationship deposits. 
Provision for Credit losses.  Our provision for credit losses was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 
compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was general reserve driven considering 
loan growth and qualitative factors associated with the current uncertain economic environment including, but not limited 
to, its potential impact on the New York metro commercial real estate market. 

62 
Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income information is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
Change 
 
 
     
2023 
     
2022 
     Amount       Percent      
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Payment processing fees: 
  
  
  
 
 
Payment processing income 
 $ 21,450  $ 21,101  $  349  
 1.7 % 
ACH income 
  
 866   
 843   
 23  
 2.7  
Total payment processing fees 
   22,316    21,944   
 372  
 1.7  
Customer related fees, service charges and other: 
  
  
  
 
 
Administrative service income 
   2,467    2,534   
 (67) 
 (2.6) 
Net gain on equity investments 
   4,013   
 —    4,013  
NA  
Gain on loans held for sale 
  
 —   
 88   
 (88) 
 (100.0) 
Other 
  
 955   
 359   
 596  
 166.0  
Total customer related fees, service charges and other 
   7,435    2,981    4,454  
 149.4  
Total noninterest income 
 $ 29,751  $ 24,925  $ 4,826  
 19.4 % 
 
Payment processing income increased due to the expansion of our sales channels through ISOs, merchants and 
additional fee allocation arrangements, with annual volumes increasing 17.8% to $33.0 billion for 2023 compared to $28.0 
billion for 2022. Customer related fees and service charges increased due to increases in administrative service income 
which was positively impacted by movements in short-term interest rates. These administrative service fees are impacted 
by the volume of off-balance sheet funds, the duration of these funds and short-term interest rates. In 2023, we managed 
approximately $1.5 billion in gross mass tort/class action depository funds, driving our administrative service income. In 
2023, the Company’s equity investment in Litify, Inc. was reorganized into a partnership and an unrelated third party 
acquired a majority ownership in the reorganized entity. As party to the reorganization and sale transaction, the Company’s 
partnership interest was exchanged for cash and noncash consideration, resulting in a gain on its investment of $5.3 million 
in 2023. The Company also recognized an equity method loss of $1.3 million on its investment in a third party sponsored 
NFL consumer post settlement loan fund, extending the expected weighted average life of the underlying assets by 
approximately one year. 
Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense information is as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
  
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
Change 
 
 
     
2023 
     
2022 
     Amount       Percent      
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
Noninterest expense: 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Employee compensation and benefits 
 $ 32,481  $ 25,774  $  6,707  
 26.0 %
Occupancy and equipment 
   3,363    3,236   
 127  
 3.9  
Professional and consulting services 
   5,447    3,376    2,071  
 61.3  
FDIC and regulatory assessments 
  
 793   
 558   
 235  
 42.1  
Advertising and marketing 
   1,823    1,462   
 361  
 24.7  
Travel and business relations 
  
 985   
 566   
 419  
 74.0  
Data processing 
   5,165    4,222   
 943  
 22.3  
Other operating expenses 
   3,060    2,786   
 274  
 9.8  
Total noninterest expense 
 $ 53,117  $ 41,980  $ 11,137  
 26.5 %
 
Employee compensation and benefits costs increased due to increases in employees to support growth as well as the 
impact of year end salary, bonus and stock-based compensation increases. We have made a significant investment in 
people in almost all areas of our Company to support future growth, client-centric relationship banking, and overall 
compliance and risk management across all verticals. Professional services costs increased with $1.0 million representing 
costs associated with the retention of a global executive search firm to expand our regional national sales capabilities 
(senior Business Development Officers (“BDOs”)), senior commercial underwriting, and senior payment processing risk 
management. The remaining increase in professional services costs was primarily due to incremental increases in 

63 
insurance, legal, accounting, risk management, and compliance costs. Data processing costs increased due to increased 
processing volume, primarily driven by our core banking platform, and additional costs related to our technology 
implementations. Travel and business relations costs increased as a result of our high touch marketing and sales efforts 
which complement our digital marketing efforts and additional travel related to our newly hired regional BDOs. 
Advertising and marketing costs increased as we continued to grow our brand and expand our thought leadership through 
digital marketing efforts in our national verticals and support our new regional BDOs. Occupancy and equipment costs 
increased due to amortization of our investments in internally developed software to support our digital platform and 
additional office space to support our growth. 
Income Tax Expense.  We recorded income tax expense of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, 
reflecting an effective tax rate of 26.6%, compared to $10.3 million, or an effective tax rate of 26.5%, for the year ended 
December 31, 2022. 
Management of Market Risk 
General.  The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk 
within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and 
preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The board of directors of our bank has oversight of our asset and liability 
management function, which is managed by our Asset/Liability Management Committee. Our Asset/Liability 
Management Committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to 
market interest rate changes, local and national market conditions and market interest rates. That group also reviews our 
liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions. 
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates 
will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair 
value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short-term to maturity. 
Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be 
reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect 
on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing 
income. 
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. 
We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may do so in the 
future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do 
not own any trading assets. 
Net Interest Income Simulation.  We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of 
net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate 
risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, 
simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments 
on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset 
and liability cash flows. 

64 
The following table presents the estimated changes in net interest income of Esquire Bank, National Association, 
calculated on a bank-only basis, which would result from changes in market interest rates over twelve-month periods 
beginning December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
2024 
 
 
Estimated  
 
 
Changes in 
 
 12-Months  
  
Interest Rates 
 
 Net Interest  
  
(Basis Points) 
     
Income 
      
Change 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
300 
 $  138,337  
$ 
 17,833 
200 
  
 131,932  
 
 11,428 
100 
  
 125,290  
 
 4,786 
    0 
  
 120,504  
 
 — 
-100 
  
 115,994  
 
 (4,510) 
-200 
  
 110,919  
 
 (9,585) 
-300 
  
 105,406  
 
 (15,098) 
 
Economic Value of Equity Simulation.  We also analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through an 
economic value of equity (“EVE”) model. EVE represents the present value of the expected cash flows from our assets 
less the present value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet 
contracts. EVE attempts to quantify our economic value using a discounted cash flow methodology. We estimate what our 
EVE would be as of a specific date. We then calculate what EVE would be as of the same date throughout a series of 
interest rate scenarios representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve. 
The following table presents the estimated changes in EVE of Esquire Bank, National Association, calculated on a 
bank-only basis, that would result from changes in market interest rates as of December 31, 2024. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
2024 
Changes in 
 
Economic  
  
Interest Rates 
 
Value of 
 
  
(Basis Points) 
     
Equity 
      
Change 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
300 
 
$  447,969  
$ 
 47,121 
200 
 
 
 434,630  
 
 33,782 
100 
 
 
 418,066  
 
 17,218 
    0 
 
 
 400,848  
 
 — 
-100 
 
 
 376,828  
 
 (24,020)
-200 
 
 
 345,119  
 
 (55,729)
-300 
 
 
 307,948  
 
 (92,900)
 
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly 
different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions 
and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include actions that our 
management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may 
also differ due to any actions taken in response to the changing rates. 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 
Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of 
funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled 
amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly 
influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. 

65 
We regularly review the need to adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected 
loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest earning deposits and securities, and (4) the 
objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest earning 
deposits and short-and intermediate-term securities. 
Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, 
financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, cash and cash 
equivalents totaled $126.3 million and $165.2 million, respectively.  
At December 31, 2024, through pledging of our securities and certain loans, we had the ability to borrow a total of  
$431.7 million from the FHLB of New York and $54.9 million from the FRB of New York discount window. At 
December 31, 2024, we also had $17.5 million in aggregated unsecured lines of credit with unaffiliated correspondent 
banks. No amounts were outstanding on any of the aforementioned lines as of December 31, 2024. 
At December 31, 2024, our off-balance sheet sweeps funds totaled $554.4 million, of which $424.2 million, or 76.5%, 
was able to be swept on balance sheet as reciprocal client relationship deposits. 
Our overall liquidity position (cash, borrowing capacity, and available reciprocal client sweep balances) totaled $1.05 
billion at December 31, 2024, or 64.0% of total deposits, creating a highly liquid and unlevered balance sheet 
We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than set forth below. In the 
event loan demand were to increase faster than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, we 
could access our borrowing capacity with the FHLB, FRB, other correspondent bank lines or obtain additional funds 
through reciprocal deposits. 
Esquire Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Office of the Comptroller of the 
Currency (the “OCC”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, Esquire Bank 
exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and was considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. 
We manage our capital to comply with our internal planning targets and regulatory capital standards administered by 
the OCC and review capital levels on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2024, Esquire Bank was classified as well-
capitalized. 
The following table presents our capital ratios as of the indicated dates for Esquire Bank. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
     For Capital Adequacy      
 
  
 
 
 
 
Purposes 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Minimum Capital with 
Actual 
  
 
 “Well Capitalized” 
Conservation Buffer  
At December 31, 2024  
Total Risk-based Capital Ratio 
  
    
    
   
Bank 
  
 10.00 %  
 10.50 %  
 15.92 %
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital Ratio 
  
    
    
   
Bank 
  
 8.00 %  
 8.50 %  
 14.67 %
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio 
  
    
    
   
Bank 
  
 6.50 %  
 7.00 %  
 14.67 %
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio 
  
    
    
   
Bank 
  
 5.00 %  
 4.00 %  
 11.70 %
 
Effective January 1, 2020, the federal banking agencies adopted a rule to establish for institutions with assets of less 
than $10 billion that meet other specified criteria a “community bank leverage ratio” (the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity 
 
 

66 
capital to average total consolidated assets) of 9% that such institutions may elect to utilize in lieu of the generally 
applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements noted above. A “qualifying community bank” with capital 
exceeding 9% will be considered compliant with all applicable regulatory capital and leverage requirements, including the 
requirement to be “well capitalized”. For the current period, Esquire Bank has elected to continue to utilize the generally 
applicable leverage and risk based requirements and not apply the community bank leverage ratio. 
Effects of Inflation. The impact of inflation, as it affects banks, differs substantially from the impact on non-financial 
institutions. Banks have assets which are primarily monetary in nature and which tend to move with inflation. This is 
especially true for banks with a high percentage of rate sensitive interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. A 
bank can further reduce the impact of inflation with proper management of its rate sensitivity gap. This gap represents the 
difference between interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities. The Company attempts to structure 
its assets and liabilities and manages its gap to protect against substantial changes in interest rate scenarios, in order to 
minimize the potential effects of inflation. 
ITEM 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
The quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are included under the section of this Annual Report 
entitled “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —
 Management of Market Risk.” 
 
 

67 
ITEM 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
 
 
Crowe LLP 
Independent Member Crowe Global 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
 
 
Shareholders and the Board of Directors of  
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 
Jericho, New York 
 
 
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (the 
"Company") as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, 
and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years 
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: 
(2013) issued by COSO. 
 
Change in Accounting Principle 
 
As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for credit 
losses effective January 1, 2023 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Financial 
Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). The Company adopted the new credit loss standard using the modified 
retrospective method such that prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with 
previously applicable generally accepted accounting principles. 
 
Basis for Opinions 
 
The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Report by Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.  
 

68 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects. 
 
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our 
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
  
Critical Audit Matter 
 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex 
judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, 
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the 
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 
  
Allowance for Credit Losses – Qualitative Factor Adjustments 
 
Management estimates a quantitative component of the allowance for credit losses for loans utilizing a static pool 
methodology in which expected credit losses are calculated by leveraging the Company’s historical loss rates on a pool of 
loans over a period equal to the weighted average remaining life of the portfolio segment. The Company incorporates 
reasonable and supportable forecasts and adjustments for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics as 
qualitative factor adjustments to arrive at the Company’s overall estimate of current expected credit losses within the loan 
portfolio. The determination of qualitative factor adjustments involves significant judgment and the use of subjective 
measurement by management. 
 
We identified auditing the qualitative factor adjustments as a critical audit matter because of the higher degree of auditor 
effort and judgment required to evaluate management's judgments and significant assumptions applied in the determination 
of qualitative factor adjustments. 

69 
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter were comprised of testing the effectiveness of 
controls over the evaluation of the qualitative factors, including controls addressing (i) management’s reconciliation and 
testing of significant data inputs into the qualitative models and (ii) management’s review and approval of the qualitative 
factors, including significant assumptions and judgments pertaining to the qualitative factor adjustments, as well as 
substantively testing management’s process related to the determination of qualitative factor adjustments within the 
allowance for credit losses, which included (i) reconciling and testing the significant data inputs, including their relevance 
and reliability,  (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s significant assumptions and judgments pertaining to 
the qualitative factor adjustments, including conformance with management’s policies, and (iii) evaluating the overall 
reasonableness of the allowance for credit losses. 
 
 
/s/ Crowe LLP 
 
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006. 
 
Livingston, New Jersey 
March 17, 2025 
 

70 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,   
December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Assets: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
$  126,329  
$  165,209 
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
 
 
 241,746  
 
 122,107 
Securities held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value of $60,931 and $69,116, at December 31, 
2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively) 
 
 
 68,660  
 
 77,001 
Securities, restricted, at cost 
 
 
 3,034  
 
 2,928 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for investment 
 
  1,397,021  
  1,207,413 
Less: allowance for credit losses 
 
 
 (20,979) 
 
 (16,631)
Loans, net of allowance 
 
  1,376,042  
  1,190,782 
Premises and equipment, net 
 
 
 2,436  
 
 2,602 
Accrued interest receivable 
 
 
 10,124  
 
 9,130 
Deferred tax assets, net 
 
 
 13,129  
 
 11,625 
Other assets  
 
 
 51,003  
 
 35,492 
Total assets 
 
$  1,892,503  
$  1,616,876 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities: 
 
 
 
 
Deposits: 
 
 
 
 
Demand 
 
$  497,958  
$  473,274 
Savings, NOW and money market 
 
  1,130,174  
 
 926,264 
Time 
 
 
 14,104  
 
 7,761 
Total deposits 
 
  1,642,236  
  1,407,299 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
 
 
 13,173  
 
 11,022 
Total liabilities 
 
  1,655,409  
  1,418,321 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies 
 
 
 —  
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity: 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock, par value $0.01; authorized 2,000,000 shares; none issued 
 
 
 —  
 
 — 
Common stock, par value $0.01; authorized 15,000,000 shares; 8,473,651 and 8,361,185 
shares issued, respectively; and 8,354,753 and 8,287,848 shares outstanding, respectively  
 
 85  
 
 84 
Additional paid-in capital 
 
 
 104,052  
 
 99,713 
Retained earnings 
 
 
 152,932  
 
 114,261 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
 
 
 (14,287) 
 
 (13,235)
Treasury stock at cost (118,898 and 73,337 shares, respectively) 
 
 
 (5,688) 
 
 (2,268)
Total stockholders’ equity 
 
 
 237,094  
 
 198,555 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
 
$  1,892,503  
$  1,616,876 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
 
 

71 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Interest income: 
  
   
   
Loans held for investment 
$  98,458  $  81,188  $  54,007 
Securities, includes restricted stock 
 
 8,636   
 5,020   
 4,161 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
 
 —   
 1,526   
 1,251 
Interest earning cash and other 
 
 6,279   
 4,154   
 1,574 
Total interest income 
  113,373    91,888    60,993 
 
 
  
  
Interest expense: 
 
  
  
Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
 
 12,889   
 7,635   
 1,488 
Time deposits 
 
 551   
 476   
 155 
Borrowings 
 
 4   
 4   
 4 
Total interest expense 
 
 13,444   
 8,115   
 1,647 
 
  
   
   
Net interest income 
 
 99,929    83,773    59,346 
Provision for credit losses 
 
 4,700   
 4,525   
 3,490 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 
 
 95,229    79,248    55,856 
 
 
  
  
Noninterest income: 
 
  
  
Payment processing fees 
 
 20,875    22,316    21,944 
Administrative service income 
 
 2,738   
 2,467   
 2,534 
Net gain on equity investments 
 
 —   
 4,013   
 — 
Customer related fees, service charges and other 
 
 1,282   
 955   
 359 
Gain on loans held for sale 
 
 —   
 —   
 88 
Total noninterest income 
 
 24,895    29,751    24,925 
 
 
  
  
Noninterest expense: 
 
  
  
Employee compensation and benefits  
 
 37,845    32,481    25,774 
Occupancy and equipment 
 
 4,093   
 3,363   
 3,236 
Professional and consulting services  
 
 3,824   
 5,447   
 3,376 
FDIC and regulatory assessments 
 
 943   
 793   
 558 
Advertising and marketing  
 
 3,514   
 1,823   
 1,462 
Travel and business relations  
 
 966   
 985   
 566 
Data processing 
 
 6,660   
 5,165   
 4,222 
Other operating expenses 
 
 2,998   
 3,060   
 2,786 
Total noninterest expense  
 
 60,843    53,117    41,980 
 
 
  
  
Net income before income taxes  
 
 59,281    55,882    38,801 
Income tax expense  
 
 15,623    14,871    10,283 
 
 
  
  
Net income  
$  43,658  $  41,011  $  28,518 
 
 
  
  
Earnings per share 
 
  
  
Basic 
$ 
 5.58  $ 
 5.31  $ 
 3.73 
Diluted 
$ 
 5.14  $ 
 4.91  $ 
 3.47 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

72 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Net income 
$  43,658  $  41,011  
$  28,518 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period on securities available-for-sale   (1,450) 
 
 2,595  
  (19,661)
Tax effect 
 
 398   
 (713) 
 
 5,394 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income 
  (1,052) 
 
 1,882  
  (14,267)
Total comprehensive income 
$  42,606  $  42,893  
$  14,251 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
 
 

73 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  Accumulated    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  Additional  
 
  
other 
   
  
Total 
 
Preferred Common   Preferred  Common  
paid-in   Retained  comprehensive  Treasury   stockholders' 
 
shares    
shares     
stock     
stock    
capital     earnings    
(loss) income     
stock 
    
equity 
Balance at January 1, 2022 
 —   8,088,846  $ 
 —  $ 
 81  $ 
 93,611  $  51,460  $ 
 (850) $ 
 (567) $ 
 143,735 
Net income 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 28,518   
 —   
 —   
 28,518 
Other comprehensive loss 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (14,267)  
 —   
 (14,267)
Exercise of stock options, net of 
repurchases (11,912 shares) 
 —  
 39,919   
 —   
 —   
 333   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 333 
Restricted stock grants, net of 
forfeitures (13,750 shares) 
 —  
 74,970   
 —   
 1   
 (1)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Stock compensation expense 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 2,444   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 2,444 
Cash dividends declared to common 
stockholders ($0.28 per share) 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (2,266)  
 —   
 —   
 (2,266)
Shares received related to tax 
withholding 
 —  
 (8,402)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (339)  
 (339)
Balance at December 31, 2022 
 —   8,195,333  $ 
 —  $ 
 82  $ 
 96,387  $  77,712  $ 
 (15,117) $ 
 (906) $ 
 158,158 
Cumulative change in accounting 
principle (Note 1) 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (568)  
 —   
 —   
 (568)
Balance at January 1, 2023 (as 
adjusted for change in accounting 
principle) 
 —   8,195,333   
 —   
 82   
 96,387   
 77,144   
 (15,117)  
 (906)  
 157,590 
Net income 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 41,011   
 —   
 —   
 41,011 
Other comprehensive income 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 1,882   
 —   
 1,882 
Exercise of stock options, net of 
repurchases (11,142 shares) 
 —  
 26,272   
 —   
 1   
 109   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 110 
Restricted stock grants 
 —  
 96,872   
 —   
 1   
 (1)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Stock compensation expense 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,218   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,218 
Cash dividends declared to common 
stockholders ($0.475 per share) 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (3,894)  
 —   
 —   
 (3,894)
Shares received related to tax 
withholding 
 —  
 (22,629)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (1,076)  
 (1,076)
Purchase of common stock 
 —  
 (8,000)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (286)  
 (286)
Balance at December 31, 2023 
 —   8,287,848  $ 
 —  $ 
 84  $ 
 99,713  $  114,261  $ 
 (13,235) $ 
 (2,268) $ 
 198,555 
Net income 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 43,658   
 —   
 —   
 43,658 
Other comprehensive loss 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (1,052)  
 —   
 (1,052)
Exercise of stock options, net of 
repurchases (15,918 shares) 
 —  
 90,874   
 —   
 1   
 504   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 505 
Restricted stock grants, net of 
forfeitures (3,200 shares) 
 —  
 21,592   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Stock compensation expense 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,835   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,835 
Cash dividends declared to common 
stockholders ($0.60 per share) 
 —  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (4,987)  
 —   
 —   
 (4,987)
Shares received related to tax 
withholding 
 —  
 (45,561)  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (3,420)  
 (3,420)
Balance at December 31, 2024 
 —   8,354,753  $ 
 —  $ 
 85  $  104,052  $  152,932  $ 
 (14,287) $ 
 (5,688) $ 
 237,094 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
 
 

74 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Dollars in thousands) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Cash flows from operating activities: 
  
 
  
 
  
Net income  
$ 
 43,658  
$ 
 41,011  
$ 
 28,518 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses 
 
 4,700  
 
 4,525  
 
 3,490 
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment 
 
 880  
 
 707  
 
 703 
Stock compensation expense 
 
 3,835  
 
 3,218  
 
 2,444 
Net gain on equity investments 
 
 —  
 
 (4,013) 
 
 — 
Gain on loans held for sale 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 (88)
Deferred tax benefit 
 
 (1,106) 
 
 (2,551) 
 
 (1,333)
Net amortization (accretion): 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities 
 
 430  
 
 429  
 
 537 
Loans 
 
 (484) 
 
 (1,291) 
 
 (1,054)
Right of use asset 
 
 572  
 
 567  
 
 466 
Software 
 
 1,835  
 
 1,263  
 
 1,380 
Changes in other assets and liabilities: 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued interest receivable 
 
 (994) 
 
 (3,362) 
 
 (1,571)
Other assets 
 
 (11,091) 
 
 794  
 
 3,184 
Operating lease liability  
 
 (721) 
 
 (627) 
 
 (561)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
 
 698  
 
 1,731  
 
 2,682 
Net cash provided by operating activities 
 
 42,212  
 
 42,401  
 
 38,797 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
  
 
  
 
  
Net change in loans 
  (189,476) 
  (259,227) 
  (162,067)
Net change in securities purchased under agreements to resell 
 
 —  
 
 49,567  
 
 704 
Purchases of securities available-for-sale 
  (157,862) 
 
 (22,820) 
 
 (1,739)
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity 
 
 —  
 
 (5,978) 
 
 (84,092)
Principal repayments on securities available-for-sale 
 
 36,447  
 
 12,249  
 
 20,761 
Principal repayments on securities held-to-maturity 
 
 8,237  
 
 7,253  
 
 5,610 
Purchases of securities, restricted 
 
 (106) 
 
 (118) 
 
 (130)
Payoff of loans held for sale 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 688 
Proceeds from equity investment 
 
 1,467  
 
 6,674  
 
 — 
Purchase of equity investment 
 
 (3,824) 
 
 —  
 
 — 
Purchases of premises and equipment 
 
 (714) 
 
 (605) 
 
 (73)
Development of capitalized software 
 
 (2,435) 
 
 (2,399) 
 
 (1,163)
Net cash used in investing activities 
  (308,266) 
  (215,404) 
  (221,501)
Cash flows from financing activities: 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits 
 
 234,937  
 
 179,063  
 
 199,827 
Decrease in borrowings 
 
 (2) 
 
 (2) 
 
 (2)
Exercise of stock options, net of repurchases 
 
 505  
 
 110  
 
 333 
Tax withholding payments for vested equity awards 
 
 (3,420) 
 
 (1,076) 
 
 (339)
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders 
 
 (4,846) 
 
 (3,719) 
 
 (2,149)
Purchase of common stock 
 
 —  
 
 (286) 
 
 — 
Net cash provided by financing activities 
 
 227,174  
  174,090  
 197,670 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
 
 (38,880) 
 
 1,087  
 
 14,966 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 
 
 165,209  
 
 164,122  
 
 149,156 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 
$  126,329  
$  165,209  
$  164,122 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for: 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest 
$ 
 13,430  
$ 
 8,134  
$ 
 1,618 
Taxes 
 
 18,002  
 
 17,587  
 
 8,654 
Noncash transactions: 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends declared but not paid 
 
 141  
 
 175  
 
 117 
Exchange of noncash instruments 
 
 (300) 
 
 1,750  
 
 — 
Right of use asset obtained in exchange for lease liability 
 
 2,035  
 
 —  
 
 383 
Cumulative change in accounting principle (Note 1) 
 
 —  
 
 (568) 
 
 — 
Contribution of loans held for sale in exchange for an equity interest in a variable interest entity 
 
 —  
 
 —  
 
 13,500 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

75 
NOTE 1 — Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 
Business 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. is a financial holding company incorporated in Maryland and headquartered in 
Jericho, New York, with one branch office in Jericho, New York and an administrative office in Boca Raton, Florida. Its 
wholly-owned subsidiary, Esquire Bank, National Association (the “Bank”), is a full service commercial bank dedicated 
to serving the financial needs of the legal and small business communities on a national basis, as well as commercial and 
retail customers in the New York metropolitan market. 
The Bank offers tailored products and solutions to the legal community and their clients as well as dynamic and 
flexible payment processing solutions to small business owners, both on a national basis. Banking products offered for 
businesses and consumers include checking, savings, money market and time deposits; a wide range of commercial and 
consumer loans, as well as customary banking services.  These activities, primarily anchored by our legal community 
focus, generate a stable source of low cost deposits and a diverse asset base to support our overall operations. 
The Bank operates a payment processing platform through third party Independent Sales Organizations (“ISOs”).  As 
an acquiring bank, fees are charged to merchants for the settlement of credit card, debit card and ACH transactions.  The 
Bank’s revenue from these operational services is presented as payment processing fees on the Consolidated Statement of 
Income. 
The Consolidated Financial Statements include Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, 
Esquire Bank, N.A. and are referred to as “the Company.” Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in 
consolidation. 
Dividend Restriction 
Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the bank to the 
holding company or by the holding company to shareholders. 
Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates 
The accounting and financial reporting policies are in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
(“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates are subject to 
change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances are modified. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates. 
Statement of Cash Flows 
For purposes of the accompanying statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as the amounts 
included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition under the captions “Cash and cash equivalents”, with 
contractual maturities of less than 30 days. Net cash flows are primarily reported for customer loan and deposit 
transactions. 
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell 
The Company may enter into purchases of securities under agreements to resell identical securities which consist of 
mortgage loans that meet the GNMA pooling qualifications. The cash advanced to the counterparty are reflected as assets 
on the Statement of Financial Condition and are accounted for at cost. The Company obtains possession of securities 
collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under the resell agreement and has the 
right to request additional collateral, based on its daily monitoring of the fair value of the securities. 

76 
Debt Securities 
Securities are classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity at purchase. Securities where management 
intends to hold to maturity are designated as held-to-maturity. All other securities are designated as available-for-sale. 
Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses on these securities are reported, net 
of applicable taxes, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, a component of 
stockholders’ equity. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at cost and gains and losses on these securities are 
unrecognized. 
Interest income on securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is recognized using the 
level yield method without anticipating prepayments (except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are 
anticipated) over the lives of the individual securities. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are computed using 
the specific identification method. 
Allowance for credit losses on securities held-to-maturity 
The Company pools securities held-to-maturity based on shared risk characteristics with losses estimated assuming 
future cash flows not expected to be collected. For securities held-to-maturity with no historical losses, the Company can 
rely on external data. For example, credit rating agencies’ loss data and default rates can be utilized on specific bonds with 
associated grades. Agency rating changes can be incorporated along with current and forecasted conditions to determine 
the allowance for credit losses associated with securities held-to-maturity. All of the Company’s securities held-to-maturity 
are agency backed securities and have no expected credit losses under current conditions and reasonable and supportable 
forecasts. Factors considered in management’s expectation of no expected credit losses in the securities held-to-maturity 
portfolio are the explicit guarantee by a sovereign government, long history of no credit losses, and consistent high credit 
rating by rating agencies. The Company’s securities held-to-maturity are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the 
U.S. government agencies, are highly rated by major ratings agencies, and have a long history of no credit losses. 
Accordingly, there was no allowance for credit losses on securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2024. 
Allowance for credit losses on securities available-for-sale   
For securities available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, 
or is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of 
the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value 
through income. For securities available-for-sale that do not meet these criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline 
in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers the extent 
to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse 
conditions specifically related to the security, among other factors. If the assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the 
present value of the expected cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost 
basis of the security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a 
credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value 
is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. All of the Company’s securities available-for-sale have no expected credit 
losses under current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Accordingly, there was no allowance for credit 
losses on securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2024. 
Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as credit loss expense (or reversal). Losses are charged against 
the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an available-for-sale security is confirmed or when either 
of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. 
Accrued interest receivable on securities available-for-sale is excluded from the Company’s estimate of credit losses. 
 

77 
Loans 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future until maturity or payoff are stated 
at amortized cost, consisting of the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs for originated loans 
and net of unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans. Interest income is recognized using the level yield 
method. Net deferred loan fees, origination costs, unamortized premiums or discounts are recognized in interest income 
over the loan term as a yield adjustment. The Company has made a policy election to exclude accrued interest from the 
amortized cost basis of loans and report accrued interest separately from the related loan balance in accrued interest 
receivable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 
Nonaccrual 
Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless 
the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged-off no later than 120 days past 
due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-
off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. A loan is moved to nonaccrual status in 
accordance with the Company’s policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment.  
All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest 
received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. 
Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and 
future payments are reasonably assured. 
Allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment 
The allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment is a valuation allowance that is deducted from the 
amortized cost basis of loans to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Losses are charged against 
the allowance when management believes it has confirmed the loan balance is uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries are 
credited to the allowance. 
The methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment is considered a critical 
accounting policy by management given the judgment required for determining assumptions used, uncertainty of economic 
forecasts, and subjectivity of any qualitative factors considered. The Company utilizes the Static Pool methodology to 
calculate the quantitative component of the allowance for credit losses for its entire loan portfolio. The Static Pool 
methodology leverages the historical loss rates on a similar pool of loans over a period equal to the weighted average 
remaining life of the portfolio segment. 
The Company incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts as qualitative adjustments applied to the historical 
loss rates over the reasonable and supportable forecast period, with reversion to historical loss rates thereafter. The 
Company has elected a one-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and straight-line reversion to the historical 
loss rate over a one-year period. Forecast adjustments reflect the extent to which the Company expects current conditions 
and reasonable and supportable forecasts to differ from the conditions that existed for the period over which historical 
information was evaluated. Further qualitative adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in current 
loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, delinquency level, or term, 
as well as changes in environmental conditions, such as unemployment rates, property values, or other relevant factors. 
Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. 
In calculating the allowance for credit losses, the Company assesses whether financial assets share similar risk 
characteristics. If similar risk characteristics exist, management must measure expected credit losses of financial assets on 
a collective (pool) basis, considering the risk associated with the designated pool. If similar risk characteristics do not exist 
based on various factors, management must measure the financial asset for expected credit losses on an individual basis.  
Management may consider changes to a borrower’s circumstances impacting cash collections, delinquency and non-
accrual status, probability of default, industry, or other facts and circumstances when determining whether a loan shares 
risk characteristics with other loans in a pool. For a loan that does not share risk characteristics with other loans in a pool 

78 
and is not collateral dependent, expected credit loss is measured based on the discounted value of the expected future cash 
flows and the amortized cost of the loan. If the Company determines that foreclosure of the collateral is probable, or that 
the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the 
operation or sale of the collateral, the Company measures expected credit losses of collateral dependent loans based on the 
difference between the current fair value of the collateral and the amortized cost basis of the financial asset. The fair value 
of the collateral is adjusted for estimated costs to sell the collateral in instances where the repayment of the loan is 
dependent on the sale of the collateral. 
The Company evaluates its loan pooling methodology at least annually. The Company has identified the following 
portfolio segments and measures the allowance for credit losses using the following methods: 
Commercial Loans and Lines of Credit (“Commercial”).  Loans in this classification consist primarily of commercial 
loans originated to law firms nationally to provide a combination of lines-of-credit and term loans for working capital, 
litigation case costs, marketing and growth initiatives, and other operating needs arising during the normal course of 
business.  The credit quality of these commercial loans is largely dependent upon the valuation of the borrowers’ current 
case inventory of claimants and cash flows from operations to service the debt. To a lesser extent, this category also 
includes other commercial loans to ISOs and small to mid-size businesses to provide financing for normal business 
operating needs. The credit quality of the ISO portfolio is largely dependent upon the overall merchant portfolio and 
associated revenue stream or residual generated from their merchant portfolio serviced by the bank as well as their cash 
flow from operations to service the debt. 
Consumer.  Consumer loans are primarily personal loans and, to a lesser extent, post-settlement consumer loans made 
to plaintiffs and claimants. Personal loans are for debt consolidation, medical expenses, living expenses, payment of 
outstanding bills, or other consumer needs on both a secured and unsecured basis. Post-settlement consumer loans are 
generally bridge loans to individuals secured by proceeds from settled cases. These loans generally meet the “life needs” 
of claimants in various litigation matters due to the delay between the time of settlement and actual payment of the 
settlement. Repayment of consumer loans is largely dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower and/or the 
claimant settlement amount, if applicable. 
Multifamily.  The multifamily real estate loan portfolio consists of loans secured by apartment buildings and mixed-
use buildings (predominantly residential income producing) in our primary market area. Repayment of loans in this 
portfolio is largely dependent on the sufficiency of cash flows from the collateral property to pay operating expenses and 
debt service as well as the collateral valuation.  Increases in interest rates, increases in vacancy rates, and other economic 
events such as unemployment rates could negatively impact the future net operating income of the properties. 
Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”).  CRE loans consist primarily of loans secured by mixed use properties, warehouses, 
retail properties, and, to a lesser extent, several hospitality properties. Repayment of loans in this portfolio is largely 
dependent on successful operation or management of collateral properties as well as the collateral valuation and is 
generally more sensitive to weakened economic conditions, and commercial real estate prices. 
1 – 4 Family.  Mortgage loans are primarily secured by 1 – 4 family cash flowing investment properties in our market 
area. The residential mortgage loan portfolio includes 1 – 4 family income producing investment properties, primary and 
secondary owner-occupied residences, investor coops and condos. The credit quality of this portfolio is largely dependent 
on economic factors, such as unemployment rates and real estate prices. 
Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures 
The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit 
risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The 
allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures is adjusted through provision for credit losses expense. The 
estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on 
commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life. 

79 
Premises and Equipment 
Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and 
amortization. Equipment, which includes furniture and fixtures, are depreciated over the assets’ estimated useful lives 
using the straight-line method (three to ten years). Amortization of leasehold improvements is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the lesser of the expected lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Costs incurred to improve or 
extend the life of existing assets are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense. 
Internal-Use Software 
Implementation costs with respect to internal-use software are capitalized once the project stage is complete.  Project 
stage includes determining the performance requirements, strategic decisions related to allocation of resources, 
determining the technology needed to achieve performance requirements, selection of vendors, and other items.  Costs 
during the project stage are expensed as incurred. Once the internal-use software is placed into operation, capitalized 
software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over three to five years. Internal use-software assets totaled 
$4,121 and $2,880, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are included 
within Other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The related software amortization totaled 
$1,835 and $1,263, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and are included within Occupancy 
and equipment on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
Securities, Restricted, at Cost 
The Bank is a member of the FHLB system and the FRB of New York, and Atlantic Central Banker’s Bank where 
members are required to own a certain number of shares of stock in order to conduct business with these institutions.  
FHLB stock holdings are based on the level of MRA, borrowings and other factors while FRB stock holding levels are 
capital based. These equity investments are carried at cost and classified as restricted securities which are periodically 
evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery of par value. Dividends from these equity investments are 
reported as interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
Loan Commitments 
The Company enters into commitments to extend credit to customers to meet their financing needs which are in the 
form of lines of credit, letters of credit, and loan funding commitments. The face amount of these financial instruments 
represents the exposure to loss before considering customer collateral or ability to repay.  Such financial instruments are 
recorded on balance sheet at cost when funded and presented as loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Condition. 
Investment in Variable Interest Entities 
The Company has invested in variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where the investments are considered a significant 
variable interest in the VIEs, but the Company does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly 
impact the VIEs’ economic performance. Therefore, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of the VIEs 
and does not consolidate the entities in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss 
is limited to the carrying amount of its investment and accounted for under the equity method which is presented within 
Other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.   
During 2022, the Company sold its legacy National Football League (“NFL”) consumer post-settlement loan portfolio 
to a VIE in exchange for a nonvoting interest valued at $13,500 where the Company remained as servicer of the loan 
portfolio at the discretion of the VIE manager. Gains or losses on this investment are the result of changes in projected 
cash flows from the VIE’s loan portfolio based on expected claim settlements. The Company recognized an equity method 
loss of $500 and $1,300 on its investment in 2024 and 2023, respectively, due to extending the expected maturity of 
settlements. As of December 31, 2024, the investment’s carrying amount was $9,405 with a remaining life of 4.3 years, 
and a carrying amount of $10,634 as of December 31, 2023. 

80 
During 2024, the Company closed on an investment in United Payment Systems, LLC (doing business as Payzli) in 
exchange for a 24.99% ownership interest. Payzli is an end-to-end payment technology company that acts as a single 
source for payment services, business management software, web enablement and mobile solutions. In 2024, the Company 
did not recognize an equity method gain or loss on its investment and the carrying amount was $4,424 as of December 31, 
2024. 
Transfers of Financial Assets 
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control 
over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee 
obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the 
transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement 
to repurchase them before their maturity. 
Income Taxes 
Income taxes are provided for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates 
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or 
settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change occurs. 
Deferred tax assets are reduced, through a valuation allowance, if necessary, by the amount of such benefits that are not 
expected to be realized based on current available evidence. 
A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in 
a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax 
benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely 
than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters 
in income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
Earnings per Share 
Basic earnings per share is net earnings allocated to stock divided by the weighted average number of shares 
outstanding during the period. Any outstanding preferred shares are considered participating securities for computation of 
basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential shares issuable under 
stock options and restricted stock awards.  
Share-Based Payment 
Share based payment guidance requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other 
equity-based compensation issued to employees and non-employees in the Consolidated Statements of Income. A Black-
Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options. Compensation cost for stock options is recognized as 
noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of each stock 
option grant.   
Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date, 
which is the date of grant, and the expense is recognized ratably over the service period of the award.  
At December 31, 2024, no equity-based compensation had vesting conditions linked to the performance of the 
Company or market conditions. 

81 
Segment Reporting 
The Company’s operations are exclusively in the financial services industry where it focuses on community banking. 
The Chief Executive Officer is designated the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) who evaluates the Company’s 
performance and allocates resources based on the Company being one operating segment, that of community banking. All 
of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on the manner in which it 
supports the other activities of the Company. The CODM is provided with the Company’s consolidated statements of 
financial condition and operations and evaluates the Company’s operating results as reflected in these statements. In the 
opinion of management, the Company does not have any other reportable segments as defined by Accounting Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, “Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” 
Reclassifications 
There have been no reclassifications to prior year amounts to conform to their current presentation. 
Comprehensive Income 
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive (loss) income which includes unrealized 
gains and losses on securities available-for-sale. 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments 
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more 
fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding 
interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. 
Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. 
Loss Contingencies 
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as 
liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management 
does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. 
Standards Adopted in 2023 
On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial 
Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”, as amended, which 
replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology, referred to as the “current expected credit 
loss” (“CECL” or the “CECL Standard”) methodology. The measurement of expected credit losses under the CECL 
methodology is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables and securities held-
to-maturity, as well as off-balance sheet credit exposures, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and 
financial guarantees. The CECL Standard significantly made changes to estimates of credit losses related to financial assets 
measured at amortized cost, including loans receivable and certain other contracts. In addition, the CECL Standard made 
changes to the accounting for available-for-sale securities. One such change is to require credit losses to be presented as 
an allowance rather than as a write-down on available-for-sale securities that management does not intend to sell or 
believes that it is more likely than not they will be required to sell. 
The Company adopted the CECL Standard using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured 
at amortized cost and off-balance sheet credit exposures. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023, are 
presented under the CECL Standard while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously 
applicable GAAP with a cumulative effect adjustment as of the beginning of the reporting period. 

82 
The adoption of the CECL Standard resulted in an initial increase of $283 thousand to the allowance for credit losses 
and an increase of $500 thousand to the reserve for unfunded commitments in other liabilities. The after-tax cumulative 
effect of adopting the CECL Standard was a decrease to retained earnings of $568 thousand as of January 1, 2023. 
The following table illustrates the allowance for credit losses impact of the CECL Standard: 
 
 
January 1, 2023 
 
As Reported 
 
 
 
 
Impact of 
 
Under 
 
Pre-CECL 
 
CECL 
 
CECL 
 
Adoption 
 
Adoption 
Assets: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multifamily  
$ 
 2,025  
$ 
 2,017  
$ 
 8 
Commercial real estate 
 
 913  
 
 1,022  
 
 (109)
1 – 4 family 
 
 61  
 
 192  
 
 (131)
Commercial 
 
 9,159  
 
 8,645  
 
 514 
Consumer 
 
 348  
 
 347  
 
 1 
Allowance for credit losses on loans 
$ 
 12,506  
$ 
 12,223  
$ 
 283 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on unfunded commitments 
$ 
 500  
$ 
 —  
$ 
 500 
 
Standards Adopted in 2024 
In 2024, the Company adopted ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment 
Disclosures”, which is intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced 
disclosures about significant segment expenses. In addition, the amendments enhance interim disclosure requirements, 
clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment 
disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The 
purpose of the amendments is to enable investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance and assess potential 
future cash flows. The adoption of this standard did not have material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. 
Standards That Have Not Yet Been Adopted 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax 
Disclosures”, intended to enhance the transparency of income tax disclosures, primarily related to the rate reconciliation 
and income taxes paid information. Specifically, the amendments in this ASU require disclosure of: (i) a tabular 
reconciliation, using both percentages and reporting currency amounts, with prescribed categories that are required to be 
disclosed, and the separate disclosure and disaggregation of prescribed reconciling items with an effect equal to 5% or 
more of the amount determined by multiplying pretax income from continuing operations by the applicable statutory rate; 
(ii) a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up the majority (greater than 50%) of the effect 
of the state and local income taxes; and (iii) amount of income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, 
state, and foreign taxes and by individual jurisdictions that comprise 5% or more of total income taxes paid, net of refunds 
received. The ASU also includes other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. The update is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The transition method is 
prospective with retrospective method permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on disclosures. 
 

83 
NOTE 2 — Debt Securities 
The following tables summarize the major categories of securities as of the dates indicated: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2024 
 
 
 
 
Gross 
 
Gross 
 
 
 
 
Amortized  
Unrealized 
 
Unrealized  
Fair 
 
     
Cost 
     
Gains 
     
Losses 
     
Value 
Securities available-for-sale: 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 
$  103,009  
$ 
 —  
$  (17,057) 
$  85,952 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") – agency 
  158,442  
 
 271  
 
 (2,919) 
  155,794 
Total available-for-sale 
 
$  261,451  
$ 
 271  
$  (19,976) 
$  241,746 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross 
 
Gross 
 
 
 
 
Amortized  
Unrecognized  
Unrecognized  
Fair 
 
 
Cost 
     
Gains 
     
Losses 
     
Value 
Securities held-to-maturity: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CMOs – agency 
 
$  68,660  
$ 
 —  
$ 
 (7,729) 
$  60,931 
Total held-to-maturity 
 
$  68,660  
$ 
 —  
$ 
 (7,729) 
$  60,931 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2023 
 
 
 
 
Gross 
 
Gross 
 
 
 
 
Amortized  
Unrealized 
 
Unrealized  
Fair 
 
 
Cost 
     
Gains 
     
Losses 
     
Value 
Securities available-for-sale: 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 
$  107,396  
$ 
 6  
$  (16,392) 
$  91,010 
CMOs – agency 
 
 
 32,966  
 
 264  
 
 (2,133) 
 
 31,097 
Total available-for-sale 
 
$  140,362  
$ 
 270  
$  (18,525) 
$  122,107 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross 
 
Gross 
 
 
 
 
Amortized  
Unrecognized  
Unrecognized  
Fair 
 
 
Cost 
     
Gains 
     
Losses 
     
Value 
Securities held-to-maturity: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CMOs – agency 
 
$  77,001  
$ 
 9  
$ 
 (7,894) 
$  69,116 
Total held-to-maturity 
 
$  77,001  
$ 
 9  
$ 
 (7,894) 
$  69,116 
 
Mortgage-backed securities included all pass-through certificates guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA, or GNMA and the 
CMOs are backed by government agency pass-through certificates. CMOs, by virtue of the underlying residential collateral 
or structure, are fixed rate current pay sequentials or planned amortization classes (“PACs”). As actual maturities may 
differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations, these 
securities are not considered to have a single maturity date. 
There were no sales or calls of securities in 2024, 2023 and 2022. 
At December 31, 2024, securities having a fair value of $249,636 were pledged to the FHLB for borrowing capacity 
totaling $232,343. At December 31, 2023 securities having a fair value of $131,536 were pledged to the FHLB for 
borrowing capacity totaling $125,709. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no outstanding FHLB advances. 
At December 31, 2024, securities having a fair value of $53,040 were pledged to the FRB of New York for borrowing 
capacity totaling $51,363. At December 31, 2023, securities having a fair value of $59,687 were pledged to the FRB of 
New York for borrowing capacity totaling $57,970. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no outstanding 
FRB borrowings. 

84 
The following table provides the gross unrealized and unrecognized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment 
category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized or unrecognized loss position, 
as of December 31: 
 
 
December 31, 2024 
 
 
Less Than 12 Months 
 
12 Months or Longer 
 
Total 
 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
Securities available-for-sale: 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 
$ 
 6,341  
$ 
 (84) $  79,610  $ 
 (16,973) $ 
 85,951  $ 
 (17,057)
CMOs – agency 
 
 
 94,642  
 
 (998)  
 10,729   
 (1,921)  
 105,371   
 (2,919)
Total available-for-sale 
 
$  100,983  
$ 
 (1,082) $  90,339  $ 
 (18,894) $  191,322  $ 
 (19,976)
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Less Than 12 Months 
 
12 Months or Longer 
 
Total 
 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
Securities held-to-maturity: 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
CMOs – agency 
 
$ 
 —  
$ 
 —  $  56,523  $ 
 (7,729) $ 
 56,523  $ 
 (7,729)
Total held-to-maturity 
 
$ 
 —  
$ 
 —  $  56,523  $ 
 (7,729) $ 
 56,523  $ 
 (7,729)
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
December 31, 2023 
 
 
Less Than 12 Months 
 
12 Months or Longer 
 
Total 
 
 
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
Securities available-for-sale: 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 
$ 
 3,143  
$ 
 (17) $  86,082  $ 
 (16,375) $ 
 89,225  $ 
 (16,392)
CMOs – agency 
 
 
 —  
 
 —   
 13,176   
 (2,133)  
 13,176   
 (2,133)
Total available-for-sale 
 
$ 
 3,143  
$ 
 (17) $  99,258  $ 
 (18,508) $  102,401  $ 
 (18,525)
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
Less Than 12 Months 
 
12 Months or Longer 
 
Total 
 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
     
Fair 
Value 
     
Gross 
Unrecognized 
Losses 
Securities held-to-maturity: 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
CMOs – agency 
 
$ 
 —  
$ 
 —  $  63,739  $ 
 (7,894) $ 
 63,739  $ 
 (7,894)
Total held-to-maturity 
 
$ 
 —  
$ 
 —  $  63,739  $ 
 (7,894) $ 
 63,739  $ 
 (7,894)
 
Management evaluates securities available-for-sale in unrealized loss positions to determine whether the impairment 
is due to credit-related factors. Due to the decline in fair value being attributable to changes in interest rates, not credit 
quality and because the Company does not have the intent to sell the securities and it is likely that it will not be required 
to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider the securities to be impaired at 
December 31, 2024. 
As of December 31, 2024, none of the Company’s available-for-sale securities were in an unrealized loss position due 
to credit, and therefore no allowance for credit losses on available-for-sale securities was required. Additionally, there was 
no allowance for credit losses on securities held-to-maturity due to the high credit quality composition consisting of 
issuances from government sponsored agencies.  
Accrued interest receivable on securities totaling $1,066 at December 31, 2024 and $515 at December 31, 2023, was 
included in Accrued interest receivable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and excluded from 
amortized cost and estimated fair value in the tables above. 

85 
NOTE 3 — Loans 
The composition of loans by class is summarized as follows at December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
2024 
 
2023 
Real estate: 
 
 
 
  
 
Multifamily  
 $ 
 355,165  $ 
 348,241 
Commercial real estate 
  
 87,038   
 89,498 
1 – 4 family 
  
 14,665      
 17,937 
Total real estate 
  
 456,868   
 455,676 
Commercial 
  
 920,567   
 737,914 
Consumer 
  
 19,339   
 14,491 
Total loans held for investment 
  
 1,396,774   
 1,208,081 
Deferred fees and unearned premiums, net 
  
 247   
 (668)
Allowance for credit losses 
  
 (20,979)  
 (16,631)
Loans held for investment, net 
 $  1,376,042  $  1,190,782 
 
The following tables present the activity in the allowance for credit losses by class for the years ending December 31, 
2024 and 2023, under the CECL methodology, and 2022 under the incurred loss methodology: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Commercial     
 
     
 
    
 
     
 
 
    Multifamily 
Real Estate  1‑4 Family Commercial Consumer 
Total 
December 31, 2024 
   
   
   
   
   
   
Allowance for credit losses: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Beginning balance 
 $  3,236  $ 
 823  $ 
 58  $  12,056  $  458  $ 16,631 
Provision (credit) for credit losses 
  
 1,880   
 (132)  
 (6)  
 2,227   
 731    4,700 
Recoveries 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 38   
 38 
Loans charged-off 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (390)  
 (390)
Total ending allowance balance 
 $  5,116  $ 
 691  $ 
 52  $  14,283  $  837  $ 20,979 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
December 31, 2023 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Allowance for credit losses: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Beginning balance, prior to adoption of CECL 
Standard 
 $  2,017  $  1,022  $ 
 192  $  8,645  $  347  $ 12,223 
Impact of adopting CECL Standard 
  
 8   
 (109)  
 (131)  
 514   
 1   
 283 
Provision (credit) for credit losses 
  
 1,211   
 (90)  
 (3)  
 2,902   
 505    4,525 
Recoveries 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 44   
 44 
Loans charged-off 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (5)  
 (439)  
 (444)
Total ending allowance balance 
 $  3,236  $ 
 823  $ 
 58  $  12,056  $  458  $ 16,631 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
December 31, 2022 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
Allowance for credit losses: 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
Beginning balance 
 $  1,789  $ 
 552  $ 
 285  $  6,319  $  131  $  9,076 
Provision (credit) for credit losses 
   
 389    
 470    
 (93)   
 2,358    
 366     3,490 
Recoveries 
   
 17    
 —    
 —    
 32    
 —    
 49 
Loans charged-off 
   
 (178)   
 —    
 —    
 (64)    (150)   
 (392)
Total ending allowance balance 
 $  2,017  $  1,022  $ 
 192  $  8,645  $  347  $ 12,223 
 
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was one multifamily collateral dependent loan secured by real estate totaling 
$10,940 with no associated specific reserve on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

86 
The following tables present the aging of the past due loans measured at amortized cost, excluding deferred fees and 
unearned premiums, net, due to immateriality, by class of loans as of December 31, 2024 and 2023: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Total Past   
 
  
 
 
 
30-59  
60-89  
90 Days   
 
 
Due & 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Days   
Days   
or More  Nonaccrual Nonaccrual 
Loans Not   
 
 
    Past Due    Past Due     Past Due    
Loans 
    
Loans 
     
Past Due 
     
Total 
December 31, 2024 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Multifamily  
 $  —  $  —  $  —  $  10,940  $  10,940  $  344,225  $  355,165 
Commercial real estate 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 87,038   
 87,038 
1 – 4 family 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 14,665   
 14,665 
Commercial 
  
 —   
 2   
 —   
 —   
 2   
 920,565   
 920,567 
Consumer 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 19,339   
 19,339 
Total 
 $  —  $ 
 2  $  —  $  10,940  $  10,942  $ 1,385,832  $ 1,396,774 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Total Past   
 
  
 
 
 
30-59  
60-89  
90 Days   
 
 
Due & 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Days   
Days   
or More  Nonaccrual Nonaccrual 
Loans Not   
 
 
    Past Due    Past Due     Past Due    
Loans 
    
Loans 
     
Past Due 
     
Total 
December 31, 2023 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Multifamily  
 $  —  $  —  $  —  $  10,940  $  10,940  $  337,301  $  348,241 
Commercial real estate 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 89,498   
 89,498 
1 – 4 family 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 17,937   
 17,937 
Commercial 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 737,914   
 737,914 
Consumer 
  
 24   
 41   
 69   
 —   
 134   
 14,357   
 14,491 
Total 
 $  24  $  41  $  69  $  10,940  $  11,074  $ 1,197,007  $ 1,208,081 
 
Credit Quality Indicators 
The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to 
service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public 
information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying 
the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed whenever a credit is extended, renewed or modified, or when an 
observable event occurs indicating a potential decline in credit quality, and no less than annually for large balance loans. 
The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings: 
Special Mention — Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close 
attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan 
or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. 
Substandard — Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying 
capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses 
that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain 
some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. 
Doubtful — Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the 
added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, 
conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. 
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are 
considered to be pass rated loans. 
 
 

87 
The following is a summary of the credit risk profile of loans, measured at amortized cost, by internally assigned 
grade as of the periods indicated, the years represent the year of originations for non-revolving loans: 
 
 
December 31, 2024 
 
   
2024     
2023 
    
2022 
   
2021 
    2020     2019 and Prior    Revolving     Revolving-Term    
Total 
Multifamily: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
 $ 26,687  $ 104,953  $  26,657  $  107,510  $ 22,996  $ 
 55,583  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $  344,386 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —    10,940   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 10,940 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
   26,687    104,953   
 26,657    107,510    33,936   
 55,583   
 —   
 —   
 355,326 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Commercial real estate: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 1,834   
 3,040   
 57,620   
 10,315   
 1,714   
 12,471   
 —   
 —   
 86,994 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 1,834   
 3,040   
 57,620   
 10,315   
 1,714   
 12,471   
 —   
 —   
 86,994 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
1-4 family: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 —   
 —   
 1,823   
 —   
 —   
 12,846   
 —   
 —   
 14,669 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 —   
 —   
 1,823   
 —   
 —   
 12,846   
 —   
 —   
 14,669 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Commercial: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
   59,298   
 41,051   
 17,473   
 2,167   
 239   
 378    792,851   
 3,240   
 916,697 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,987   
 —   
 3,987 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
   59,298   
 41,051   
 17,473   
 2,167   
 239   
 378    796,838   
 3,240   
 920,684 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Consumer: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 2,251   
 3,964   
 2,285   
 —   
 296   
 993   
 9,559   
 —   
 19,348 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 2,251   
 3,964   
 2,285   
 —   
 296   
 993   
 9,559   
 —   
 19,348 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 38   
 352   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 390 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Total: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pass 
   90,070    153,008    105,858    119,992    25,245   
 82,271    802,410   
 3,240    1,382,094 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,987   
 —   
 3,987 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —    10,940   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 10,940 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total loans 
 $ 90,070  $ 153,008  $  105,858  $  119,992  $ 36,185  $ 
 82,271  $  806,397  $ 
 3,240  $ 1,397,021 
Total current period gross charge-offs 
 $
 —  $
 38  $
 352  $ 
 —  $
 —  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $
 390 
 
 
 

88 
 
 
December 31, 2023 
 
    
2023 
   
2022 
    
2021 
   
2020     2019     2018 and Prior    Revolving     Revolving-Term    
Total 
Multifamily: 
    
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
 $ 105,175  $  29,116  $ 109,919  $ 23,512  $ 22,155  $ 
 47,566  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $  337,443 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —    10,940   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 10,940 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
   105,175   
 29,116    109,919    34,452    22,155   
 47,566   
 —   
 —   
 348,383 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Commercial real estate: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 3,401   
 58,552   
 10,560    1,757    5,651   
 9,515   
 —   
 —   
 89,436 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 3,401   
 58,552   
 10,560    1,757    5,651   
 9,515   
 —   
 —   
 89,436 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
1-4 family: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 —   
 1,861   
 —   
 —    4,296   
 11,776   
 —   
 —   
 17,933 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 —   
 1,861   
 —   
 —    4,296   
 11,776   
 —   
 —   
 17,933 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Commercial: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 43,500   
 59,203   
 9,212   
 489   
 —   
 465    615,177   
 5,024   
 733,070 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,988   
 —   
 3,988 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 43,500   
 59,203   
 9,212   
 489   
 —   
 465    619,165   
 5,024   
 737,058 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 5   
 —   
 —   
 5 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Consumer: 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Pass 
  
 5,414   
 5,397   
 56   
 358    1,106   
 32   
 2,240   
 —   
 14,603 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total 
  
 5,414   
 5,397   
 56   
 358    1,106   
 32   
 2,240   
 —   
 14,603 
Current period gross charge-offs 
  
 —   
 324   
 25   
 90   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 439 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
Total: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pass 
   157,490    154,129    129,747    26,116    33,208   
 69,354    617,417   
 5,024    1,192,485 
Special Mention 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 3,988   
 —   
 3,988 
Substandard 
  
 —   
 —   
 —    10,940   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 10,940 
Doubtful 
  
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 — 
Total loans 
 $ 157,490  $ 154,129  $ 129,747  $ 37,056  $ 33,208  $ 
 69,354  $ 621,405  $ 
 5,024  $  1,207,413 
Total current period gross charge-offs 
 $
 —  $ 
 324  $
 25  $
 90  $
 —  $ 
 5  $ 
 —  $ 
 —  $ 
 444 
 
The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for credit losses. For 
smaller dollar commercial and consumer loan classes, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of 
the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. 
Loan Modifications 
In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the 
probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the 
modification. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not modify the terms of any 
loans or commitments to lend to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in the form of an interest rate reduction, term 
extension, principal forgiveness or other-than-insignificant payment delay. 

89 
Related Party Loans 
Loans to related parties include loans to directors, their related companies and executive officers of the Company. 
There were no related party loans during 2024. Related party loans with a balance of $4,030 as of December 31, 2022, 
paid off in 2023. 
 
Pledged Loans 
At December 31, 2024, loans totaling $297,843 were pledged to the FHLB of New York for borrowing capacity 
totaling $199,357. At December 31, 2023, loans totaling $222,398 were pledged to the FHLB of New York for borrowing 
capacity totaling $158,538. 
NOTE 4 — Premises and Equipment 
The following is a summary of premises and equipment at December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
Leasehold improvements 
 $  3,617  $  3,073 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
    5,143     4,973 
 
    8,760     8,046 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 
    6,324     5,444 
Total premises and equipment, net 
 $  2,436  $  2,602 
 
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment, reflected as a component of occupancy and equipment in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income, was $880, $707 and $703 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively. 
 
NOTE 5 — Deposits 
The contractual maturities of certificates of deposit as of December 31, 2024, are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Total 
2025 
 $ 
 13,386 
2026 
   
 718 
Total 
 $ 
 14,104 
 
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, certificates of deposit greater than $250 were $9,324 and $872, respectively. 
Certificates of deposit include deposits insured through the certificates of deposit account registry service (“CDARS”) 
totaling $2,101 and $4,334 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. 
Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $8,673 and 
$2,564, respectively. 
NOTE 6 — Borrowings 
The Company had a secured borrowing of $42 and $44 as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, relating to 
certain loan participations sold by the Company that did not qualify for sales treatment. 
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, we had the ability to borrow a total of $431,700 and $284,247, respectively, from 
the FHLB of New York. We also had a borrowing capacity with the FRB of New York discount window of $51,363 and 
$57,970 at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These borrowings are collateralized by loans and securities. At 
 
 

90 
December 31, 2024 and 2023, we also had lines of credit with other financial institutions totaling $17,500 and $17,500, 
respectively. No amounts were outstanding on any of the aforementioned lines as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. 
NOTE 7 — Noninterest Income 
The majority of the Company’s revenue-generating transactions are not subject to ASC 606, including revenue 
generated from financial instruments, such as loans, letters of credit, and investment securities. Descriptions of revenue-
generating activities that are within the scope of ASC 606, and are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statements 
of Income as components of noninterest income, are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Payment processing fees: 
   
   
   
Payment processing income 
 $  20,147  $  21,450  $  21,101 
ACH income 
  
 728   
 866   
 843 
Total payment processing fees 
   20,875    22,316    21,944 
Customer related fees, service charges and other: 
   
   
   
Administrative service income 
  
 2,738   
 2,467   
 2,534 
Net gain on equity investments (1) 
  
 —   
 4,013   
 — 
Gain on loans held for sale (1) 
  
 —   
 —   
 88 
Other 
  
 1,282   
 955   
 359 
Total customer related fees, service charges and other 
  
 4,020   
 7,435   
 2,981 
Total noninterest income 
 $  24,895  $  29,751  $  24,925 
 
(1) Represents a valuation adjustment, not within the scope of ASC 606. 
The Company has made no significant judgments in applying the revenue guidance prescribed in ASC 606 that affect 
the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from the above-described contracts with customers. 
• 
Payment processing income – We provide payment processing services as an acquiring bank through the third-
party or ISO business model in which we process credit and debit card transactions on behalf of merchants. We 
enter into a tri-party merchant agreement, between the company, ISO and each merchant. The Company’s 
performance obligation is clearing and settling credit and debit transactions on behalf of the merchants. The 
Company recognizes revenue monthly once it summarizes and computes all revenue and expenses applicable to 
each ISO, which is our performance obligation. 
• 
ACH income – We provide ACH services for merchants and other commercial customers. Contracts are entered 
into with third parties that require ACH transactions processed on behalf of their customers. Fees are variable and 
based on the volume of transactions within a given month. Our performance obligations are processing and 
settling ACHs on behalf of the customers. Our obligation is satisfied within each business day when the 
transactions (ACH files) are sent to the FRB for clearing. Revenue is recognized based on the total volume of 
transactions processed that month for a given customer. 
• 
Administrative service income – Administrative service income is derived primarily from the management of 
qualified settlement funds (QSFs), which are funds from settled mass torts and class action lawsuits. Our 
performance obligations with the QSFs are outlined in court approved orders which includes ensuring funds are 
invested into safe investment vehicles such as U.S. treasuries and FDIC insured products. Our fees for placing 
these funds in appropriate vehicles are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the 
Company satisfies the performance obligation. 
• 
Other – The other category includes revenue from service charges on deposit accounts, debit card fees, asset 
management fees, and certain loan related fees where revenue is recognized as performance obligations are 
satisfied. 

91 
NOTE 8 — Income Taxes 
The following summarizes components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Current: 
   
     
        
Federal expense 
 $ 12,889  $ 13,066  $  8,795 
State and city expense 
    3,839     4,356     2,821 
Total current tax expense 
    16,728     17,422     11,616 
 
  
  
  
Deferred: 
   
     
     
  
Federal benefit 
    (1,097)    (1,874)   
 (807)
State and city benefit 
   
 (8)   
 (677)   
 (526)
Total deferred tax benefit 
    (1,105)    (2,551)    (1,333)
Income tax expense 
 $ 15,623  $ 14,871  $ 10,283 
 
The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to its effective tax rate at 
December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Federal tax expense at statutory rate 
 $ 12,449  $ 11,735  $  8,148 
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
    2,878     2,867     1,948 
Incentive stock options 
   
 114    
 95    
 63 
Stock-based compensation excess tax benefit 
   
 (770)   
 (356)   
 (317)
Research and development tax credits 
   
 (150)   
 (150)   
 (100)
Other 
    1,102    
 680    
 541 
Income tax expense 
 $ 15,623  $ 14,871  $ 10,283 
 
The following summarizes the components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 
December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
Deferred tax assets: 
   
     
  
Net operating loss carry forwards 
 $
 —  $
 71 
Stock based compensation 
    1,469     1,271 
Allowance for credit losses 
    5,541     4,535 
Deferred loan fees, net 
   
 —    
 191 
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale 
    5,419     5,020 
Other 
    2,565     1,957 
Total deferred tax assets 
    14,994     13,045 
Deferred tax liabilities: 
   
     
  
Fixed assets 
    (1,736)    (1,316)
Investment in partnership 
   
 (45)   
 (104)
Deferred loan fees, net 
   
 (84)   
 — 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
    (1,865)    (1,420)
Deferred tax asset, net 
 $ 13,129  $ 11,625 
 
The Company no longer has New York state and city net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2024. 
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance 
is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Based on its 
evaluation, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2024 
and 2023, will be realized. 

92 
The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and does not expect this 
to increase in the next twelve months. There were no interest and penalties recorded in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as 
well as income tax in 10 state and local jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing 
authorities for years before 2022. 
 
NOTE 9 — Employee Benefits 
401(k) Plan 
A savings plan is maintained under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and covers substantially all current 
full-time employees. Newly hired employees can elect to participate in the savings plan after completing one month of 
service. The Company matched 100% of employee contributions up to 2% of their salary, resulting in total expenses of 
$345, $276 and $218 in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
Share Based Payment Plans 
The Company issues incentive and non-statutory stock options and restricted stock awards to certain employees and 
directors pursuant to its equity incentive plans, which have been approved by the stockholders. Share-based awards are 
granted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. 
The 2019 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. As 
of December 31, 2024, 36 shares remain available for grant. 
The 2021 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  As 
of December 31, 2024, a total of 43 shares remain available for grant under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan of which 43 
can be granted as restricted shares. 
The 2024 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock 
pursuant to grants of  stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, of which: (i) no more than 500,000 shares 
may be granted as stock options, and (ii) no more than 400,000 shares may be granted as restricted stock awards and 
restricted stock units, except as set forth in the following sentence. If restricted stock or restricted stock units are granted 
in excess of the 400,000 limit, for each such share of restricted stock or restricted stock unit so granted, the remaining 
shares available for grant from the share reserve shall be reduced by three (3) for each one (1) share of restricted stock or 
restricted stock unit that is granted in excess of such limit. As of December 31, 2024, a total of 476,325 shares remain 
available for grant under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan of which 400,000 can be granted as restricted shares. 
Under the plans, options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock at the date 
of the grant. Options granted vest over three or five years and have ten-year contractual terms. All options provide for 
accelerated vesting upon a change in control (as defined in the plans). Restricted shares are granted at the fair value on the 
date of grant and vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four, and five, or six years with a third vesting 
after years four, five, and six. Restricted shares have the same voting rights as common stock and nonvested restricted 
shareholders do not have rights to the accrued dividends until vested. 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-
Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on peer volatility. The 
Company uses peer data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options 
granted is based on peer data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which 
takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is 
based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. 

93 
The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date. 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
 
    
2024 
   
2023 
   
2022 
  
Risk-free interest rate 
   
 4.16 %   
 3.94 %   
 3.67 %
Expected term 
   84 months  
 84 months    84 months  
Expected stock price volatility 
   
 30.1 %  
 32.0 %  
 26.5 %
Dividend yield 
   
0.82 %  
1.29 %  
1.01 %
Weighted average fair value 
 $ 
 28.92  
 $ 
 17.27   $ 
 13.63  
The following table presents a summary of the activity related to options for the year ended December 31, 2024: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Year Ended December 31, 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted 
 
 
 
 
Weighted  
Average 
 
 
 
 
Average  
Remaining 
 
 
 
 
Exercise  
Contractual
 
     
Options      
Price 
     Life (Years) 
Outstanding at beginning of year 
  
 639,519  $  20.76   
  
Granted 
  
 28,100    
 77.92   
  
Exercised 
   (106,792)   
 14.81   
  
Forfeited 
  
 (1,519)   
 41.68   
  
Expired 
  
 —    
 —   
  
Outstanding at end of year 
  
 559,308  $  24.72   
 4.10 
Vested or expected to vest 
  
 559,308  $  24.72   
 4.10 
Exercisable at end of year 
  
 484,385  $  19.55   
 3.33 
 
The Company recognized compensation expense related to options of $731, $658 and $463 for the years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2024, unrecognized compensation cost related to non-
vested options was approximately $1,519 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.32 years. 
The intrinsic value for outstanding options, net of expected forfeitures was $30,642. The intrinsic value for exercisable 
options at December 31, 2024 was $29,040. 
 
The following table presents information related to stock options exercises for the years ended December 31: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
 
$ 
 5,531  
$ 
 1,134  
$ 
 1,312 
Cash received from option exercises 
 
 
 505  
 
 109  
 
 333 
Excess tax benefit from option exercises 
 
 
 424  
 
 296  
 
 273 
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity related to restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 
2024: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Year Ended December 31, 2024 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average 
 
 
 
 
Grant Date 
 
 
Shares 
 
Fair Value 
Outstanding at beginning of year 
  
 514,935   $ 
 32.44 
Granted 
  
 24,792   
 77.92 
Vested 
  
 (122,413)  
 22.90 
Forfeited 
  
 (3,200)  
 46.06 
Outstanding at end of year 
  
 414,114   $ 
 37.87 
 

94 
The Company recognized compensation expense related to restricted stock of $3,103, $2,560 and $1,981 for the years 
ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there was $10,800 of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested shares granted under the plan. The cost is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted-average period of 4.08 years. 
 
NOTE 10 — Earnings per Share 
The factors used in the earnings per share computation follow: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
    
2024 
    
2023 
    
2022 
Basic: 
  
  
  
 
Net income 
 $
 43,658  $
 41,011  $
 28,518 
Weighted average shares outstanding 
   7,817,626    7,716,367    7,638,423 
Basic earnings per share 
 $
 5.58  $
 5.31  $
 3.73 
 
  
  
  
 
Diluted: 
  
  
  
 
Net income 
 $
 43,658  $
 41,011  $
 28,518 
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic earnings per share    7,817,626    7,716,367    7,638,423 
Add: Dilutive effects of share based awards 
  
 669,415   
 629,219   
 575,271 
Weighted average shares and dilutive potential shares 
   8,487,041    8,345,586    8,213,694 
Diluted earnings per share 
 $
 5.14  $
 4.91  $
 3.47 
 
Share based awards totaling 74,050, 96,450 and 201,920 shares of stock were not considered in computing diluted 
earnings per share for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. 
 
NOTE 11 — Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 
Change-In-Control Arrangements 
Certain key executive officers have arrangements that provide for the payment of a multiple of base salary, should a 
change-in control, as defined, occur. These payments are limited under guidelines for deductibility pursuant to the Internal 
Revenue Code. 
Credit Related Commitments 
The Company provides off-balance sheet financial products to customers in the form of commitments to extend credit 
which are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with contractual provisions. These commitments usually have 
fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. Total commitments outstanding 
do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements as many commitments expire without being funded. 
Each customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated prior to issuing these commitments and may require the customer to 
pledge certain collateral (i.e., inventory, income-producing property) prior to the extension of credit. Fixed rate 
commitments are subject to interest rate risk based on changes in prevailing rates during the commitment period.  The 
Company is also subject to credit risk in the event that the commitments are drawn upon and the customer is unable to 
repay the obligation. 
Letters of credit are irrevocable commitments issued at the request of customers. They authorize the beneficiary to 
draw drafts for payment in accordance with the stated terms and conditions. Letters of credit substitute the Company’s 
creditworthiness for that of the customer and are issued for a fee commensurate with the risk. 
The Company can issue two types of letters of credit: commercial (documentary) letters of credit and standby letters 
of credit. Commercial letters of credit are commonly issued to finance the purchase of goods and are typically short-term 
in nature. Standby letters of credit are issued to back financial or performance obligations of a Bank customer and are 

95 
typically issued for periods up to one year. Due to their long-term nature, standby letters of credit require adequate 
collateral in the form of cash or other liquid assets. In most instances, standby letters of credit expire without being drawn 
upon. 
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as extending credit facilities to comparable 
customers. The reserve for unfunded commitments in other liabilities totaled $500 thousand as of December 31, 2024 and 
2023. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
     
2024 
     
2023 
 
 
Fixed 
Rate 
  
Variable 
Rate 
 
Fixed 
Rate 
  
Variable 
Rate 
Unused lines of credit 
 $ 
 15   $  97,588  $ 
 15   $  77,075 
Standby letters of credit 
   7,474    
 —    7,284    
 — 
Total credit related commitments 
 $  7,489   $  97,588  $  7,299   $  77,075 
 
The fixed rate credit related loan commitments have interest rates of 18.00% and maturities ranging from 1 month to 
4 years. 
Litigation 
The Company and its subsidiary are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal 
course of business. In the opinion of management at the present time, the resolution of any pending or threatened litigation 
will not have a material adverse effect on its Consolidated Financial Statements. 
 
NOTE 12 — Leases 
The Company recognizes the present value of its operating lease payments related to its office facilities and retail 
branch as operating lease assets and corresponding lease liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 
These operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and the lease 
liability represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments over the lease term. As these leases do not provide 
an implicit rate, the Company used its incremental borrowing rate, the rate of interest to borrow on a collateralized basis 
for a similar term, at the lease commencement date in order to determine present value. 
Short-term lease payments, those leases with original terms of 12 months or less, are recognized in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain leases may include one or more options to 
renew. The exercise of lease renewal options is typically at the Company’s discretion and are included in the operating 
lease liability if it is reasonably certain that the renewal option will be exercised. Certain real estate leases may contain 
lease and non-lease components, such as common area maintenance charges, real estate taxes, and insurance, which are 
generally accounted for separately and are not included in the measurement of the lease liability since they are generally 
able to be segregated. The Company does not sublease any of its leased properties. The Company does not lease properties 
from any related parties. 
As of December 31, 2024, right of use (“ROU”) lease assets and related lease liabilities were $3,187 and $3,497, 
respectively. As of December 31, 2023, ROU lease assets and related lease liabilities were $1,724 and $2,183, respectively. 
ROU assets are included within Other assets and related lease liabilities are included within Accrued expenses and other 
liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. 
 
 

96 
As of December 31, 2024, the Company was obligated under several non-cancelable leases for certain premises and 
equipment. The minimum annual rental commitments, exclusive of taxes and other charges, under non-cancelable lease 
agreements for premises at December 31, 2024, are summarized as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
     Operating Lease 
 
 
Liabilities 
2025 
 $ 
 1,035 
2026 
   
 988 
2027 
   
 240 
2028 
   
 248 
2029 
   
 255 
Thereafter   
   
 1,392 
Total operating lease payments   
  
 4,158 
Less: interest 
  
 661 
Present value of operating lease liabilities 
 $ 
 3,497 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,  
 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
 
Weighted-average remaining lease term 
 
 
 6.62 years 
 2.92 years
Weighted-average discount rate 
 
 
 4.20 % 
 
 3.30 % 
 
The components of total lease cost are as follows: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended 
 
 
December 31,  
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Operating lease cost 
 $ 
 630  
$ 
 630  
$ 
 560 
Short-term lease cost 
  
 128  
 
 219  
 
 74 
Total lease cost 
 $ 
 758  
$ 
 849  
$ 
 634 
 
   
 
  
 
  
Cash paid for operating leases 
 $ 
 911  
$ 
 909  
$ 
 728 
 
 
NOTE 13 — Fair Value Measurements 
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the 
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values. 
Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability 
to access as of the measurement date. 
Level 2 — Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or 
liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by 
observable market data. 
Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that 
market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. 
For available-for-sale securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market 
prices of similar securities (Level 2). 

97 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using 
 
 
Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets For 
Identical Assets 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 
Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
 
    
(Level 1) 
     (Level 2)      
(Level 3) 
December 31, 2024 
   
   
   
Assets 
   
   
   
Securities available-for-sale 
   
   
   
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 $ 
 —  $  85,952  $ 
 — 
CMOs – agency 
  
 —    155,794   
 — 
Total available-for-sale 
 $ 
 —  $  241,746  $ 
 — 
 
   
   
   
December 31, 2023 
   
   
   
Assets 
   
   
   
Securities available-for-sale 
   
   
   
Mortgage-backed securities – agency 
 $ 
 —  $  91,010  $ 
 — 
CMOs – agency 
  
 —   
 31,097   
 — 
Total available-for-sale 
 $ 
 —  $  122,107  $ 
 — 
 
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2024. 
Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments 
Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial 
instruments. Such estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions 
associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks 
associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. 
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value 
of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s 
entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of 
financial instruments. 
The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments: 
Debt Securities:   The fair values for debt securities are determined by quoted market prices in active markets, if 
available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices 
of similar securities (Level 2), using matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique commonly used to price 
debt securities that are not actively traded, values debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the 
specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities with observable 
transactions (Level 2 inputs). 

98 
The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values (represents exit price) of the Company’s financial 
instruments not carried at fair value: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2024, Using: 
 
 
Carrying 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
Value 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)     
(Level 3)      
Total 
Financial Assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
Cash and cash equivalents 
 $  126,329  $  126,329  $
 —  $
 —  $  126,329 
Securities, held-to-maturity 
  
 68,660   
 —    60,931   
 —   
 60,931 
Securities, restricted, at cost 
  
 3,034   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A 
Loans held for investment, net 
   1,376,042   
 —   
 —    1,351,736    1,351,736 
Accrued interest receivable 
  
 10,124   
 —    1,139   
 8,985   
 10,124 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Financial Liabilities: 
  
  
  
  
  
Time deposits 
  
 14,104   
 —    14,083   
 —   
 14,083 
Demand and other deposits 
   1,628,132    1,628,132   
 —   
 —    1,628,132 
Secured borrowings 
  
 42   
 —   
 —   
 42   
 42 
Accrued interest payable 
  
 25   
 —   
 25   
 —   
 25 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2023, Using: 
 
 
Carrying 
 
 
  
 
 
    
Value 
    
(Level 1)     (Level 2)         (Level 3)          
Total 
Financial Assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
Cash and cash equivalents 
 $  165,209  $  165,209  $
 —  $ 
 —  $  165,209 
Securities, held-to-maturity 
  
 77,001   
 —    69,116   
 —   
 69,116 
Securities, restricted, at cost 
  
 2,928   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A   
N/A 
Loans held for investment, net 
   1,190,782   
 —   
 —    1,172,226    1,172,226 
Accrued interest receivable 
  
 9,130   
 —   
 579   
 8,551   
 9,130 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Financial Liabilities: 
  
  
  
  
  
Time deposits 
  
 7,761   
 —    7,647   
 —   
 7,647 
Demand and other deposits 
   1,399,538    1,399,538   
 —   
 —    1,399,538 
Secured borrowings 
  
 44   
 —   
 —   
 44   
 44 
Accrued interest payable 
  
 11   
 —   
 11   
 —   
 11 
 
 
 
NOTE 14 — Capital 
Banks are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy 
guidelines and additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, 
liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and 
classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate 
regulatory action. The final rules of implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for 
U.S. Banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the 
requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in on January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain 
or loss on available-for-sale securities and certain deferred tax assets are not included in computing regulatory capital. 
Management believes as of December 31, 2024, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 
Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, 
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to 
represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. 
If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are 
required. 
As of December 31, 2024, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized 
the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well 
capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in 

99 
the table below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the 
institution’s category. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Capital 
 
To be Well 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Required 
 
Adequacy Purposes  
Capitalized Under   
 
  
 
 
 
 
For Capital 
 
Including Capital 
 
Prompt Corrective   
 
 
Actual 
 
Adequacy Purposes  
Conservation Buffer  
Action Regulations   
 
    
Amount     Ratio      
Amount     Ratio      
Amount     Ratio      
Amount     Ratio   
December 31, 2024 
   
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
    
   
Total capital to risk weighted 
assets 
 $ 237,066    15.92 %  $ 119,108    8.00 %  $ 156,330    10.50 %  $ 148,886    10.00 %
Tier 1 (core) capital to risk 
weighted assets 
    218,420    14.67  
   89,331    6.00  
   126,553    8.50  
   119,108    8.00  
Tier 1 (common) capital to 
risk weighted assets 
    218,420    14.67  
   66,999    4.50  
   104,220    7.00  
   96,776    6.50  
Tier 1 (core) capital to 
adjusted total assets 
    218,420    11.70  
   74,675    4.00  
   74,675    4.00  
   93,344    5.00  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2023 
   
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
Total capital to risk weighted 
assets 
 $ 197,204    15.38 %  $ 102,587    8.00 %  $ 134,646    10.50 %  $ 128,234    10.00 %
Tier 1 (core) capital to risk 
weighted assets 
    181,162    14.13  
   76,940    6.00  
   108,999    8.50  
   102,587    8.00  
Tier 1 (common) capital to 
risk weighted assets 
    181,162    14.13  
   57,705    4.50  
   89,764    7.00  
   83,352    6.50  
Tier 1 (core) capital to 
adjusted total assets 
    181,162    12.07  
   60,052    4.00  
   60,052    4.00  
   75,065    5.00  
 
 
NOTE 15 — Parent Company Only Condensed Financial Information 
Condensed financial information of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. follows: 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
December 31,  
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
ASSETS: 
  
 
    
 
  
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
$
 12,620  
$ 
 5,718 
Investment in banking subsidiary 
 
  
 204,133  
  
 167,998 
Loans held for investment 
 
  
 4,322  
  
 7,880 
Equity investment in variable interest entity 
 
  
 9,405  
  
 10,634 
Other assets 
 
  
 7,277  
  
 6,824 
Total assets 
 
$
 237,757  
$ 
 199,054 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: 
 
  
   
  
  
Other liabilities 
 
$
 663  
$ 
 499 
Total stockholders’ equity 
 
 
 237,094  
 
 198,555 
Total liabilities and equity 
 
$
 237,757  
$ 
 199,054 
 

100 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Net interest income (expense) 
 $ 
 241  $ 
 600  $ 
 (111)
Dividends received from the Bank 
    10,000    
 —     12,000 
Net gain on equity investments 
  
 —   
 4,013   
 — 
Gain on loans held for sale 
  
 —   
 —   
 88 
Other noninterest income 
  
 273   
 161   
 14 
Other expense 
    (5,302)    (4,294)    (3,369)
Income before income tax and undistributed subsidiary income 
    5,212    
 480     8,622 
Income tax benefit (expense) 
    1,260    
 (122)   
 895 
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income 
    37,186     40,653     19,001 
Net income 
 $  43,658  $  41,011  $  28,518 
Comprehensive income 
 $  42,606  $  42,893  $  14,251 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
  
     
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Cash flows from operating activities: 
   
     
     
  
Net income 
 $  43,658  $  41,011  $  28,518 
Adjustments: 
   
     
     
  
Stock compensation expense 
   
 3,835    
 3,218    
 2,444 
Gain on loans held for sale 
   
 —    
 —    
 (88)
Net gain on equity investments 
   
 —     (4,013)   
 — 
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income 
    (37,186)    (40,653)    (19,001)
Change in other assets 
   
 3,132    
 (86)   
 299 
Change in other liabilities 
   
 23    
 (16)   
 (933)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 
    13,462    
 (539)    11,239 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
   
     
     
  
Change in other assets 
   
 3,558     (5,913)   
 — 
Payments on loans held for sale, previously classified as held for investment 
  
 —   
 —   
 688 
Net proceeds on equity investments 
  
 1,467   
 6,674   
 — 
Purchase of equity investment 
   (3,824)  
 —   
 — 
Net cash provided by investing activities 
   
 1,201    
 761    
 688 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
   
     
     
  
Exercise of stock options, net of repurchases 
   
 505    
 110    
 333 
Tax withholding payments for vested equity awards 
    (3,420)    (1,076)   
 (339)
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders 
    (4,846)    (3,719)    (2,149)
Purchase of common stock 
  
 —   
 (286)  
 — 
Net cash used in financing activities 
    (7,761)    (4,971)    (2,155)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
   
 6,902     (4,749)   
 9,772 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 
   
 5,718     10,467    
 695 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 
 $  12,620  $  5,718  $  10,467 
 
 

101 
NOTE 16 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 
The following is changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the years ending 
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,  
 
    
2024 
     
2023 
     
2022 
Unrealized (Losses) Gains on Securities Available-for-Sale 
 
Unrealized (Losses) Gains on 
Securities Available-for-Sale 
Beginning balance 
 $ (13,235) $ (15,117) $ 
 (850)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax 
   (1,052)  
 1,882    (14,267)
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income  
   (1,052)  
 1,882    (14,267)
Ending balance 
 $ (14,287) $ (13,235) $ (15,117)
 
There were no reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years presented. 
ITEM 9. 
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
None. 
 
ITEM 9A. 
Controls and Procedures 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, 
including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2024. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal 
Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report. 
Report by Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial 
reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system 
of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of 
controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable 
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods 
are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
Management has assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. This 
assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2024, the Company maintained effective internal 
control over financial reporting based on those criteria. 
Crowe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Their report is included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Included in their 
report is an attestation on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

102 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2024, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 
ITEM 9B. 
Other Information 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, none of our directors or officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or 
written plan for the purchase or sale of Company securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions 
of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as that term is used in SEC regulations. 
ITEM 9C. 
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 
Not applicable. 
PART III 
ITEM 10. 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Esquire Financial has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer 
and principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code is available on 
Esquire Financial’s website at www.esquirebank.com under “Investor Relations — Governance Documents.” 
The information contained under the section captioned “Proposal I — Election of Directors” in the Company’s 
definitive Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein 
by reference. 
 
ITEM 11. 
Executive Compensation 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal I —
 Election of Directors —  Executive Officer Compensation” of the Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 12. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Voting Securities 
and Principal Holders” of the Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 13. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Proposal I —
 Election of Directors — Transactions with Certain Related Persons,” “— Board Independence” and “— Meetings and 
Committees of the Board of Directors” of the Proxy Statement. 
 
ITEM 14. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 
Our independent registered public accounting firm is Crowe LLP, New York, New York, Auditor Firm ID: 173. The 
information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal III — Ratification 
of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Proxy Statement. 
 
 

103 
PART IV 
ITEM 15. 
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
3.1  
    Articles of Incorporation of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 in the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218372) originally filed by the Company under the
Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on May 31, 2017, and all amendments or reports filed thereto)  
3.2  
 
Bylaws of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 in the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-218372) originally filed by the Company under the Securities Act of
1933 with the Commission on June 22, 2017, and all amendments or reports filed thereto)  
4.1  
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218372) originally filed by the Company
under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on May 31, 2017, and all amendments or reports filed
thereto)  
4.2 
 Description of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 in 
the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-38131) originally filed by the Company on March 12, 2020) 
10.1  
 
Employment Agreement by and among Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc., Esquire Bank and Andrew C.
Sagliocca (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 
No. 333-218372) originally filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on
May 31, 2017, and all amendments or reports filed thereto)†  
10.2  
 Employment Agreement by and among Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc., Esquire Bank and Eric Bader
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218372) 
originally filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on May 31, 2017, and 
all amendments or reports filed thereto)†  
10.3  
 
Employment Agreement by and among Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc., Esquire Bank and Ari Kornhaber
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218372) 
originally filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on May 31, 2017, and 
all amendments or reports filed thereto)†  
10.4  
 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 2011 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.8 in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218372) originally filed by the
Company under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission on May 31, 2017, and all amendments or
reports filed thereto)†  
10.5  
 
Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 
proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (File 
No. 001-38131), filed by the Company with the Commission on Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act on
October 3, 2017)†  
10.6 
 First Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and among Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc., Esquire
Bank and Eric Bader dated December 19, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 in the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-38131) originally filed by the Company on March 14, 2019)† 
10.7  
 Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 
proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (File 
No. 001-38131), filed by the Company with the Commission on Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act on
April 18, 2019†  
10.8 
 Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 
proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (File 
No. 001-38131), filed by the Company with the Commission on Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act on
April 16, 2021)† 
10.9 
 Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 
proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. (File No. 001-

104 
38131), filed by the Company with the Commission on Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act on April 18, 
2024)† 
19 
 Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. Insider Trading Policy 
21  
 
Subsidiaries of Registrant 
23 
 
Consent of Crowe LLP 
31.1  
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  
31.2  
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  
32  
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  
97.1 
 Esquire Financial Holdings, Inc. Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 in the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-38131) originally filed by the Company on March 29, 2024) 
101  
 
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2024, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated 
Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements 
of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
104 
 The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, 
formatted in Inline XBRL 
 
† 
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement. 
ITEM 16. 
Form 10-K Summary 
None. 
 
 

105 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. 
 
 Date: March 17, 2025  
  
 
 
 
 By: /s/ Andrew C. Sagliocca 
 
 
  
Andrew C. Sagliocca  
 
 
  
Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and 
President  
 
 
 
  
(Duly Authorized Representative) 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
Signatures  
    
Title  
    
Date  
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Andrew C. Sagliocca 
 Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President 
 
March 17, 2025 
Andrew C. Sagliocca 
  (Principal Executive Officer) 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Michael Lacapria 
 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 
March 17, 2025 
Michael Lacapria 
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Anthony Coelho 
 Chairman 
 
March 17, 2025 
Anthony Coelho 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Todd Deutsch 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Todd Deutsch 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Joseph Melohn 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Joseph Melohn 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert J. Mitzman 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Robert J. Mitzman 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rena Nigam 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Rena Nigam 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Richard T. Powers 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Richard T. Powers 
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
/s/ Kevin C. Waterhouse 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Kevin C. Waterhouse 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
/s/ Selig Zises 
 Director 
 
March 17, 2025 
Selig Zises 
   
 
 
 

Corporate Information
DIRECTORS
Anthony Coelho 
Chairman of the Board
Andrew C. Sagliocca 
Vice Chairman,  
Chief Executive Officer  
& President
Todd Deutsch
Joseph Melohn
Robert J. Mitzman
Rena Nigam
Richard T. Powers
Kevin C. Waterhouse
Selig A. Zises
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Andrew C. Sagliocca 
Vice Chairman,  
Chief Executive Officer  
& President
Eric S. Bader 
Executive Vice President,  
& Chief Operating Officer
Ari P. Kornhaber 
Executive Vice President,  
Head of Corporate Development
Michael Lacapria 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer
SENIOR MANAGEMENT
Andrew Cohen 
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Administrative Officer 
of Merchant Services
Martin Korn 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Technology Officer
Gary Lax 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Legal Officer &  
Corporate Secretary
Frank Lonardo  
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Lending Officer
Kyall Mai 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Innovation Officer
Sean Miller 
Senior Vice President, 
Retail Director
Nicholas Parrinelli  
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Controller
Ann Marie Tarantino 
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Compliance Officer &  
Risk Officer
INVESTOR INFORMATION 
Corporate Headquarters
100 Jericho Quadrangle, Suite 100
Jericho, New York 11753
(800) 996-0213
www.esquirebank.com
Special Counsel
Luse Gorman, PC
5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
Transfer Agent
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC
P.O. Box 500
Newark, NJ 07101
(800) 937-5449
Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm
Crowe LLP
354 Eisenhower Pkwy #2050
Livingston, New Jersey  07039
(973) 422-2420
ANNUAL MEETING
The Annual Meeting of the Stockholders 
will be held on May 29, 2025, at  
10:00 a.m. Eastern time, at the executive 
offices of Esquire Financial Holdings, 
Inc. located at 100 Jericho Quadrangle, 
Suite 100, Jericho, New York 11753.
GENERAL INQUIRIES
A copy of our Annual Report to the 
SEC may be obtained without charge  
by written request of stockholders  
to Eric Bader or by calling us at  
(800) 996-0213. The Annual Report  
is also available on our website at  
www.esquirebank.com. Our Code  
of Ethics, Audit Committee Charter, 
Corporate Gov­er­nance and 
Nominating Committee Charter, 
Compensation Committee Charter,  
and Beneficial Ownership reports of 
our directors and executive officers  
are also available on our website.

ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
100 Jericho Quadrangle, Suite 100 
Jericho, New York 11753

 ESQUIRE FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.  2024 ANNUAL REPORT